7 Receiver Characteristics: 7.1 General
7 Receiver Characteristics: 7.1 General
7 Receiver Characteristics: 7.1 General
0 (2022-06)
7 Receiver characteristics
TBD
7.1 General
Unless otherwise stated the receiver characteristics are specified at the antenna connector(s) of the UE. For UE(s) with
an integral antenna only, a reference antenna(s) with a gain of 0 dBi is assumed for each antenna port(s). UE with an
integral antenna(s) may be taken into account by converting these power levels into field strength requirements,
assuming a 0 dBi gain antenna. For UEs with more than one receiver antenna connector, identical interfering signals
shall be applied to each receiver antenna port if more than one of these is used (diversity).
The levels of the test signal applied to each of the antenna connectors shall be as defined in the respective clauses
below.
Unless otherwise stated, Channel Bandwidth shall be prioritized in the selecting of test points. Subcarrier spacing shall
be selected after Test Channel Bandwidth is selected.
The applicability of receiver requirements for Band n90 is in accordance with that for Band n41; a UE supporting Band
n90 shall meet the minimum requirements for Band n41.
With the exception of clause 7.3, the requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 configured
(Table 6.2.3.3-1).
All the parameters in clause 7 are defined using the UL reference measurement channels specified in Annexes A.2.2
and A.2.3, the DL reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2 and A.3.3, and using the set-up specified
in Annex C.3.1.
The minimum requirements specified in clauses 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8 for NR band n48 refer to the minimum
requirements for NR bands < 2.7 GHz.
For the additional requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation of two or more sub-blocks, an in-gap
test refers to the case when the interfering signal is located at a negative offset with respect to the assigned lowest
channel frequency of the highest sub-block and located at a positive offset with respect to the assigned highest channel
frequency of the lowest sub-block.
For the additional requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation of two or more sub-blocks, an out-of-
gap test refers to the case when the interfering signal(s) is (are) located at a positive offset with respect to the assigned
channel frequency of the highest carrier frequency, or located at a negative offset with respect to the assigned channel
frequency of the lowest carrier frequency.
For the additional requirements for intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation of two or more sub-blocks with
channel bandwidth larger than or equal to 5 MHz, the existing adjacent channel selectivity requirements, in-band
blocking requirements (for each case), and narrow band blocking requirements apply for in-gap tests only if the
corresponding interferer frequency offsets with respect to the two measured carriers satisfy the following condition in
relation to the sub-block gap size Wgap for at least one of these carriers j = 1,2, so that the interferer frequency position
does not change the nature of the core requirement tested:
where FInterferer (offset),j for a sub-block with a single component carrier is the interferer frequency offset with respect to
carrier j as specified in clause 7.5, clause 7.6.2 and clause 7.6.4 for the respective requirement and BWChannel(j) the
channel bandwidth of carrier j. FInterferer (offset),j for a sub-block with two or more contiguous component carriers is the
interference frequency offset with respect to the carrier adjacent to the gap is specified in clause 7.5A, 7.6A.2 and
7.6A.3. The interferer frequency offsets for adjacent channel selectivity, each in-band blocking case and narrow- band
blocking shall be tested separately with a single in-gap interferer at a time.
3GPP
Release 17 1047 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
7.1A General
The minimum requirements for band combinations including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding band
combinations with Band n90 replacing Band n41 but with otherwise identical parameters. For brevity the said band
combinations with Band n90 are not listed in the tables below but are covered by this specification.
The minimum requirements specified in clauses 7.5A, 7.6A, 7.7A and 7.8A for NR band n48 refer to the minimum
requirements for NR bands < 2.7 GHz.
7.1I General
For a Redcap UE the requirements in Section 7 shall be verified with the channel bandwidth up to 20MHz and
REFSENS specified in clause 7.3I.
For the single carrier REFSENS requirements in clause 7, the UE shall be verified with two Rx antenna ports in all
supported frequency bands, additional requirements for four Rx ports shall be verified in operating bands where the UE
is equipped with four Rx antenna ports.
For Rx requirements other than single carrier REFSENS in Clause 7, the UE shall be verified with four Rx antenna
ports and skip two Rx antenna ports requirements in operating bands where the UE is equipped with four Rx antenna
ports, otherwise, the UE shall be verified with two Rx antenna ports.
The above rules apply for all subclasses with the exception of clause 7.9.
For a Redcap UE the requirements in Section 7 assume that the receiver is equipped with a minimum of single Rx
antenna port.
In later clauses of Clause 7 where the value of REFSENS is used as a reference to set the corresponding requirement:
In all bands, the UE shall be verified against those requirements by applying the REFSENS value in Table 7.3.2.3-1a
and in Table 7.3.2.3-1b with 2 Rx antenna ports tested;
For bands where the UE is required to be equipped with 4 Rx antenna ports, the UE shall additionally be verified
against those requirements by applying the resulting REFSENS value derived from the requirement in Table 7.3.2.3-2
with 4 Rx antenna ports tested.
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
3GPP
Release 17 1048 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The reference sensitivity power level REFSENS is the minimum mean power applied to each one of the UE antenna
ports for all UE categories, at which the throughput shall meet or exceed the requirements for the specified reference
measurement channel.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2.2, A.2.3.2, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal
as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.3.2.3-1a, 7.3.2.3-1b and Table 7.3.2.3-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1049 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3.2.3-1a: Two antenna port reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for FDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1050 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3.2.3-1b: Two antenna port reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for TDD, SDL and FDD
with variable duplex operation bands
For UE(s) equipped with 4 Rx antenna ports, reference sensitivity for 2Rx antenna ports in Table 7.3.2.3-1a and in
Table 7.3.2.3-1b shall be modified by the amount given in ΔRIB,4R in Table 7.3.2.3-2 for the applicable operating bands.
3GPP
Release 17 1051 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The reference sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in Table 7.3.2.3-1a, Table 7.3.2.3-1b and Table 7.3.2.3-2
shall be met with uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3.2.3-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1052 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1053 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1054 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
DL channel bandwidth, the UL configuration of the highest UL channel bandwidth specified in Table 5.3.6-1 and the default Tx-Rx frequency separation
4.4-1 shall be used.
Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4, the minimum requirements specified in Tables 7.3.2.3-1 and 7.3.2.3-2 shall be verified
with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.3.3-1) configured.
Operating Network
band Signalling
value
n2 NS_03
n12 NS_06
n14 NS_06
n24 NS_56
n25 NS_03
n30 NS_21
n48 NS_27
n53 NS_45
n66 NS_03
n70 NS_03
n71 NS_35
For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table
7.3.2.3-1 shall be increased by the amount given in ΔRIB,c defined in subclause 7.3.3 for the applicable operating bands.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.3.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1055 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3.2.4.1-2, and Table 7.3.2.4.1-3
The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of
PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
[5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Low range, Mid range, High range (NOTE 4)
subclause4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Lowest UL / Lowest DL, Lowest UL / Highest DL (NOTE 3)
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Test ID Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Modulation RB allocation Modulation RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM Full RB (NOTE 1) DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS (NOTE 2)
QPSK
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to Table 7.3.2.4.1-3 which defines uplink RB configuration and start RB location for each
SCS, channel BW and NR band.
NOTE 3: Additional test points selected according to asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6. DL
channel bandwidth shall be selected first.
NOTE 4: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range and High range test
frequencies.
NOTE 5: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be repeated with only 2Rx antennas connected and
the other antennas terminated.
3GPP
Release 17 1056 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Channel
SCS(kHz LCRBma Outer RB allocation / Normal
Bandwidt
) x RB allocation
h
15 25 25@0
5MHz 30 11 11@0
60 N/A N/A
15 52 52@0
10MHz 30 24 24@0
60 11 11@0
15 79 79@0
15MHz 30 38 38@0
60 18 18@0
15 106 106@0
20MHz 30 51 51@0
60 24 24@0
15 133 133@0
25MHz 30 65 65@0
60 31 31@0
15 160 160@0
30MHz 30 78 78@0
60 38 38@0
15 216 216@0
40MHz 30 106 106@0
60 51 51@0
15 128 128@0
45MHz 30 64 64@0
60 30 30@0
15 270 270@0
50MHz 30 133 133@0
60 65 65@0
15 N/A N/A
60MHz 30 162 162@0
60 79 79@0
15 N/A N/A
70MHz 30 189 189@0
60 93 93@0
15 N/A N/A
80MHz 30 217 217@0
60 107 107@0
15 N/A N/A
90MHz 30 245 245@0
60 121 121@0
15 N/A N/A
100MHz 30 273 273@0
60 135 135@0
NOTE 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each
NR band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in
Table 5.3.5-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1057 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1058 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity, LCRB @ RBstart format
3GPP
Release 17 1059 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
70
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 80
MHz
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
50@21 75@41 100@61 128@51 128@321 128@881 128@1141 128@1421
24@0 36@21 50@11 64@11 64@141 64@421 64@551 64@691
10@11 18@0 24@0 30@11 30@81 30@211 30@281 30@351
50@21 50@291 50@561 50@831 48@1121 40@1761
24@0 24@141 24@271 24@411 24@541 20@861
10@11 10@81 10@141 10@211 10@281 10@411
50@21 50@291 50@561 50@831 50@1101 50@1661 50@2201
24@0 24@141 24@271 24@411 24@541 24@821 24@1091
10@11 10@81 10@141 10@211 10@281 10@411 10@551
25@271 25@541 25@811 Note 5
10@141 10@281 10@411 Note 5
20@321 20@591
10@141 10@281
20@321
10@141
50@0
24@0
10@0
50@0 50@291 50@561 50@831 48@1121 40@1761
24@0 24@141 24@271 24@411 24@541 20@861
10@0 10@81 10@141 10@211 10@281 10@411
25@271 25@541 25@811
3GPP
Release 17 1060 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
20@321
10@141
50@0 75@0
24@0 36@0
10@0 18@0
50@0 75@0 100@0 128@0 160@0 216@0
24@0 36@0 50@0 64@0 75@0 100@0
10@0 18@0 24@0 30@0 36@0 50@0
50@0 75@0 100@0 128@0 160@0 216@0
24@0 36@0 50@0 64@0 75@0 100@0
10@0 18@0 24@0 30@0 36@0 50@0
50@0 75@0 100@0 128@0 160@0 216@0 270@0
24@0 36@0 50@0 64@0 75@0 100@0 128@0 162@0 216@0
10@0 18@0 24@0 30@0 36@0 50@0 64@0 75@0 100@0
50@0 75@0 100@0 160@0 216@0 270@0
24@0 36@0 50@0 75@0 100@0 128@0 162@0 180@0 216@0
10@0 18@0 24@0 36@0 50@0 64@0 75@0 90@0 100@0
50@0 75@0 100@0 160@0 216@0
24@0 36@0 50@0 75@0 100@0
10@0 18@0 24@0 36@0 50@0
50@0 75@0 100@0 216@0 270@0
24@0 36@0 50@0 100@0 128@0 162@0 NOTE
3
10@0 18@0 24@0 50@0 64@0 75@0 NOTE
3
50@0
24@0
10@0
50@21 75@41 100@61
3GPP
Release 17 1061 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
andwidth, the UL configuration of the highest UL channel bandwidth specified in Table 5.3.6-1 and the default Tx-Rx frequency separation specified in Table 5.4.4-1 shall be used.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.1 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and Reference Measurement Channel is set according to Table 7.3.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3.2.4.1-2, and Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1062 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function
On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 7.3.2.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1063 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.3.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.3.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3.2.5-1 if 2Rx antennas
connected or Table 7.3.2.5-2 if 4Rx antennas connected. Send continuously uplink power control "up"
commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least
the duration of the Throughput measurement.
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.2
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED for NR band.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1[5] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions for each network
signalling value.
Message contents according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 can be used without exceptions.
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_06. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
3GPP
Release 17 1064 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_35. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_27. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_21. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_45. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_56. This can be set in SIB1 as part of the cell
broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement
for a specific deployment scenario.
3GPP
Release 17 1065 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A3.2 with reference receive power level specified in Tables 7.3.2.5-1a and Tables 7.3.2.5-1b for 2 Rx antenna
port, Tables 7.3.2.5-2 a and Tables 7.3.2.5-2b for 4 Rx antenna port, and parameters specified Tables 7.3.2.4.1-1, Tables
7.3.2.4.1-2 and Tables 7.3.2.4.1-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1066 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3.2.5-1 a: Two antenna port Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for FDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1067 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1068 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
60
15 -100.0 +TT -96.8 +TT
n24 30 -97.1 +TT FDD
60 -97.5 +TT
15 -96.5 +TT -93.3 +TT -91.5 +TT -90.3 +TT -89.3 -82.2 +TT -79.5 +TT
+TT
30 -93.6 +TT -91.6 +TT -90.5 +TT -89.4 -82.3 +TT -79.6 +TT
n25 FDD
+TT
60 -94.0 +TT -91.9 +TT -90.7 +TT -89.6 -82.4 +TT -79.7 +TT
+TT
15 -97.5 +TT -94.5 +TT -92.7 +TT -87.6 +TT
n26
30 -94.8 +TT -92.7 +TT -87.7 +TT
15 -98.5 +TT -95.5 +TT -93.5 +TT -90.8 +TT -78.5 +TT
n28 30 -95.6 +TT -93.6 +TT -91.0 +TT -78.6 +TT FDD
60
15 -99.0 +TT -95.8 +TT
n30 30 -96.1 +TT FDD
60
15 -99.5+TT -96.3+TT -94.5+TT -93.3+TT
n65 30 -96.6+TT -94.6+TT -93.5+TT FDD
60 -97.0+TT -94.9+TT -93.7+TT
-92.2 -91.4 +TT
15 -99.5 +TT -96.3 +TT -94.5 +TT -93.3 +TT -90.1 +TT
+TT
-92.3 -91.5 +TT
n66 30 -96.6 +TT -94.6 +TT -93.5 +TT -90.2 +TT FDD
+TT
-92.5 -91.6 +TT
60 -97.0 +TT -94.9 +TT -93.7 +TT -90.4 +TT
+TT
-92.7
15 -100.0 +TT -96.8 +TT -95.0 +TT -93.8 +TT
+TT
-92.8
n70 30 -97.1 +TT -95.1 +TT -94.0 +TT FDD
+TT
-93.0
60 -97.5 +TT -95.4 +TT -94.2 +TT
+TT
15 -97.2 +TT -94.0 +TT -91.6 +TT -86.0 +TT
n71 30 -94.3 +TT -91.9 +TT -87.4 +TT FDD
60 -
15 -99.53 +TT -96.33 +TT -94.53 +TT -93.33 +TT
n74 30 -96.63 +TT -94.63 +TT -93.53 +TT FDD
60 -97.03 +TT -94.93 +TT -93.73 +TT
3GPP
Release 17 1069 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 1: Four Rx antenna ports shall be the baseline for this operating band except for two Rx vehicular UE.
NOTE 2: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in subclause 6.2.4
3
NOTE 3: indicates that the requirement is modified by -0.5 dB when the assigned NR channel bandwidth is confined within 1475.9-1510.9 MHz.
NOTE 4: Void
NOTE 5: Void
NOTE 6: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3.2.5-3.
Table 7.3.2.5-1b: Two antenna port reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for TDD, SDL and FDD with variable duplex operation bands
3GPP
Release 17 1070 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
30 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 505, 605, 705, 805, 905, 1005
+TT
-96.5 +
60 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 505, 605, 705, 805, 905, 1005
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-100 +
15 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-97.1 +
n50 30 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-97.5 +
60 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
n51 15 5 -100+TT TDD
-100 +
15 5, 10
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
n53 TDD
30 10 -97.1+TT
60 10 -97.5+TT
-95.3 +
15 10, 15, 20, 40, 50
10log10(NRB/50)+TT
-95.6 +
n771,4 30 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-96.0 +
60 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-95.8 + 10log10(NRB/50)
15 10, 15, 20, 40, 50
+TT
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n781 30 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 TDD
+TT
-96.5 +
60 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-89.6 +
15 40, 50
10log10(NRB/216)+TT
-89.7 + 10log10(NRB/106)
n791 30 40, 50, 60, 80, 100 TDD
+TT
-89.9 + 10log10(NRB/51)
60 40, 50, 60, 80, 100
+TT
3GPP
Release 17 1071 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 1: Four Rx antenna ports shall be the baseline for this operating band except for two Rx vehicular
UE.
NOTE 2: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 3: Void
NOTE 4: The requirement is modified by -0.5 dB when the assigned UE channel bandwidth is confined
within 3300 - 3800 MHz.
NOTE 5: For these bandwidths, the minimum requirements are restricted to operation when carrier is
configured as a downlink carrier part of CA configuration.
NOTE 6: Void
NOTE 7: For SDL bands, the reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified by inter-band CA
combinations with SDL band, which are supported by UE.
NOTE 8: The REFSENS value is rounded to the nearest number down to one decimal point. “N RB” in
REFSENS formula is the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration as defined in Table
5.3.2-1.
NOTE 9: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3.2.5-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1072 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3.2.5-2a: Four antenna port Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS FDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1073 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
SCS 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Operating Duplex
kHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Band Mode
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
-102.7 -99.5 -97.7 -96.5 -95.4 -94.6 -92.8 -92.3
15 -93.3 +TT
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-99.8 -97.8 -96.7 -95.5 -94.7 -92.9 -92.4
n1 30 -93.4 +TT FDD
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-100.2 -98.1 -96.9 -95.7 -94.8 -93 -92.4
60 -93.6 +TT
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-100.7 -97.5 -95.7 -94.5 -93.4 -86.8 -84.2 +TT
15
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-97.8 -95.8 -94.7 -93.5 -86.9 -83.3 +TT
n2 30 FDD
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-98.2 -96.1 -94.9 -93.6 -87.0 -84.4 +TT
60
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-99.7 -96.5 -94.7 -93.5 -92.4 -91.6 -82.4
15 -90.3 +TT
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-96.8 -94.8 -93.7 -92.5 -91.7 -82.5
n3 30 -90.4 +TT FDD
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-97.2 -95.1 -93.9 -92.7 -91.8 -82.6
60 -90.6 +TT
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-100.7 -97.5 -95.7 -94.5
15
+TT +TT +TT +TT
-97.8 -95.8 -94.7
n7 30 FDD
+TT +TT +TT
-98.2 -97.1 -94.9
60
+TT +TT +TT
-101.7 -98.5
15
+TT +TT
n30 -98.8 FDD
30
+TT
60
-102.2 -99.0 -97.2 -96.0 -94.9 -94.1
15 -92.8 +TT
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-99.3 -97.3 -96.2 -95.0 -94.2
n66 30 -92.9 +TT FDD
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-99.7 -97.6 -96.4 -95.2 -94.3
60 -93.1 +TT
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-102.7 -99.5 -97.7 -96.5 -95.4
15
+TT +TT +TT +TT +TT
-99.8 -97.8 -96.7 -95.5
n70 30 FDD
+TT +TT +TT +TT
-100.2 -98.1 -96.9 -95.7
60
+TT +TT +TT +TT
3GPP
Release 17 1074 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 1: Four Rx antenna ports shall be the baseline for above listed operating band except for two Rx vehicular UE.
NOTE 2 The requirement is modified by -0.5 dB when the assigned UE channel bandwidth is confined within 3300 - 3800 MHz.
NOTE 3: For these bandwidths, the minimum requirements are restricted to operation when carrier is configured as a downlink carrier part of
CA configuration.
NOTE 4: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3.2.5-3.
Table 7.3.2.5-2b: Four antenna port Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for TDD, SDL and FDD with variable duplex operation bands
3GPP
Release 17 1075 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)-
30 10, 15, 20, 40, 505, 605, 705, 805, 905, 1005
2.2 +TT
5 5 5 5 5 5 -96.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)-
60 10, 15, 20, 40, 50 , 60 , 70 , 80 , 90 , 100
2.2+TT
-95.3 + 10log10(NRB/50)-
15 10, 15, 20, 40, 50
2.2 +TT
-95.6 + 10log10(NRB/24)-
n771,4 30 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 TDD
2.2 +TT
-96.0 + 10log10(NRB/11)-
60 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100
2.2 +TT
-95.8 + 10log10(NRB/50)-
15 10, 15, 20, 40, 50
2.2 +TT
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)-
n781 30 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 TDD
2.2 +TT
-96.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)-
60 10, 15, 20, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100
2.2 +TT
-89.6 + 10log10(NRB/216)-
15 40, 50
2.2 +TT
-89.7 + 10log10(NRB/106)-
n791 30 40, 50, 60, 80, 100 TDD
2.2 +TT
-89.9 + 10log10(NRB/51)-
60 40, 50, 60, 80, 100
2.2 +TT
NOTE 1: Four Rx antenna ports shall be the baseline for this operating band except for two Rx vehicular
UE.
NOTE 2: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 3: Void
NOTE 4: The requirement is modified by -0.5 dB when the assigned UE channel bandwidth is confined
within 3300 - 3800 MHz.
NOTE 5: For these bandwidths, the minimum requirements are restricted to operation when carrier is
configured as a downlink carrier part of CA configuration.
NOTE 6: Void
NOTE 7: For SDL bands, the reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified by inter-band CA
combinations with SDL band, which are supported by UE.
NOTE 8: The REFSENS value is rounded to the nearest number down to one decimal point. “N RB” in
REFSENS formula is the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration as defined in Table
5.3.2-1.
NOTE 9: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3.2.5-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1076 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table
7.3.2.5-1 a and Table 7.3.2.5-1b shall be increased by the amount given in ΔRIB,c defined in subclause 7.3.3 for the
applicable operating bands.
7.3.3 ΔRIB,c
For a UE supporting CA, SUL or DC band combination, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table
7.3.2.3-1 shall be increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c defined in subclause 7.3A.0.3, 7.3C.0.3, 7.3B in this
specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in TS 38.101-3 [4] for the applicable operating bands.
In case the UE supports more than one of band combinations for CA, SUL or DC, and an operating band belongs to
more than one band combinations then
- When the operating band frequency range is ≤ 1 GHz, the applicable additional ΔR IB,c shall be the average value
for all band combinations defined in subclause 7.3A.0.3, 7.3C.0.3, 7.3B in this specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in
TS 38.101-3 [4], truncated to one decimal place that apply for that operating band among the supported band
combinations. In case there is a harmonic relation between low band UL and high band DL, then the maximum
ΔRIB,c among the different supported band combinations involving such band shall be applied
- When the operating band frequency range is > 1 GHz, the applicable additional ΔR IB,c shall be the maximum
value for all band combinations defined in subclause 7.3A.0.3, 7.3C.0.3, 7.3B in this specification and 7.3A,
7.3B in TS 38.101-3 [4] for the applicable operating bands.
- Reference sensitivity power level for 4DL_CA and 5DL_CA are FFS.
For UE(s) supporting one uplink carrier, the uplink configuration of the PCC shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.2.3-
3 and the downlink PCC carrier centre frequency shall be configured closer to uplink operating band than any of the
downlink SCC centre frequency.
3GPP
Release 17 1077 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) and parameters specified in Table 7.3.2.3-1, Table
7.3.2.3-2, and Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1 with the reference sensitivity power level increased by ΔRIBNC given in Table
7.3A.0.2.2-1 for the SCC(s). For aggregation of two or more downlink FDD carriers with one uplink carrier the
reference sensitivity is defined only for the specific uplink and downlink test points which are specified in Table
7.3A.0.2.2-1. The requirements apply with all downlink carriers active. Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4, the reference
sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.3.3.1-1) configured.
Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1: Intra-band non-contiguous CA with one uplink configuration for reference
sensitivity
SCS
CA Aggregated channel UL PCC ΔRIBNC Duplex
(PCC/SCC) Wgap / [MHz]
configuration bandwidth (PCC+SCC) allocation (dB) mode
(kHz)
NOTE 3,
CA_n66(2A) N/A NOTE 1 NOTE 2 0.0 FDD
NOTE 4
CA_n71(2A) 15/15 Wgap = 25.0 5 4.0
5MHz + 5MHz
Wgap = 5.0 20 0.0
Wgap = 20.0 5 (RBstart = 4.6
9)
10MHz + 5MHz
Wgap = 5.0 20 (RBstart 2.3
FDD
= 9)
Wgap = 10.0 5 (RBstart = 22.2
2)
15MHz + 10MHz
Wgap = 5.0 20 (RBstart 5.2
= 19)
CA_n77(2A) NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 0.0 TDD
CA_n78(2A) NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 0.0 TDD
NOTE 1: All combinations of channel bandwidths defined in Table 5.5A.2-1.
NOTE 2: All applicable sub-block gap sizes.
NOTE 3: The PCC allocation is same as Transmission bandwidth configuration N RB as defined in Table 5.3.2-1.
NOTE 4: The carrier centre frequency of PCC in the DL operating band is configured closer to the UL operating
band.
NOTE 5: Wgap is the sub-block gap between the two sub-blocks.
3GPP
Release 17 1078 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NR Band/Channel bandwidth
NR CA NR SCS 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 90 100
Configura band (kHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
tion dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB
CA_n8A- n8 15 -97.0 -93.8 -92.0 -90.0
n75A 30 -94.1 -92.1 -90.2
60
n75 15 -100 -96.8 -95.0 -93.8
30 -97.1 -95.1 -94.0
60 -97.5 -95.4 -94.2
CA_n28A- n28 15 -98.5 -95.5 -93.5 -90.8
n75A 30 -95.6 -93.6 -91.0
60
n75 15 -100 -96.8 -95.0 -93.8
30 -97.1 -95.1 -94.0
60 -97.5 -95.4 -94.2
CA_n29A- n29 15 -97.0 -93.8
n66A 30 -94.1
CA_n29A- 60
n66B n66 15 -99.5 -96.3 -94.5 -93.3 -90.1
CA_n29A- 30 -96.6 -94.6 -93.5 -90.2
n66(2A) 60 -97.0 -94.9 -93.7 -90.4
CA_n29A- n29 15 -97.0 -93.8
n70A 30 -94.1
60
n70 15 -100 -96.8 -95.0 -93.8 -92.7
30 -97.1 -95.1 -94.0 -92.8
60 -97.5 -95.4 -94.2 -93.0
CA_n29A- n29 15 -97.03 -93.83
n71A 30 -94.13
60
n71 15 -97.2 -94.0 -91.6 -86.0
30 -94.3 -91.9 -87.4
60
CA_n75A- n75 15 -100 -96.8 -95.0 -93.8
n78A1 30 -97.1 -95.1 -94.0
60 -97.5 -95.4 -94.2
n78 15 -95.8 -94.0 -92.7 -89.6 -88.6
30 -96.1 -94.1 -92.9 -89.7 -88.7 -87.9 -86.6 -86.1 -85.6
60 -96.5 -94.4 -93.1 -89.9 -88.8 -88.0 -86.7 -86.2 -85.7
3GPP
Release 17 1079 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NR Band/Channel bandwidth
NR CA NR SCS 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 90 100
Configura band (kHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
tion
CA_n76A- n76 15 -100
n78A1 30
60
n78 15 -95.8 -94.0 -92.7 -89.6 -88.6
30 -96.1 -94.1 -92.9 -89.7 -88.7 -87.9 -86.6 -86.1 -85.6
60 -96.5 -94.4 -93.1 -89.9 -88.8 -88.0 -86.7 -86.2 -85.7
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX, as defined in subclause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Four Rx antenna ports shall be the baseline for this operating band, except for two Rx vehicular UE.
NOTE 3: For CA_n29-n71 MSD due to cross band isolation exception specified in Table 7.3A.0.6-1 is applied
3GPP
Release 17 1080 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
In case the UE supports more than one of band combinations for CA, SUL or DC, and an operating band belongs to
more than one band combinations then
- When the operating band frequency range is ≤ 1 GHz, the applicable additional ΔR IB,c shall be the average value
for all band combinations defined in subclause 7.3A, 7.3B, 7.3C in this specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in TS
38.521-3 [14], truncated to one decimal place that apply for that operating band among the supported band
combinations. In case there is a harmonic relation between low band UL and high band DL, then the maximum
ΔRIB,c among the different supported band combinations involving such band shall be applied.
- When the operating band frequency range is > 1 GHz, the applicable additional ΔR IB,c shall be the maximum
value for all band combinations defined in subclause 7.3A, 7.3B, 7.3C in this specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in TS
38.521-3 [14] for the applicable operating bands.
3GPP
Release 17 1081 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1082 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
7.3A.0.3.2.2 Void
3GPP
Release 17 1083 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
n771,2 23.9 22.1 20.9 17.9 16.8 16.0 14.8 14.3 13.8
n1
n773 1.1 0.8 0.3
n771,2 23.9 22.1 20.9 17.9 16.9 16.1 14.8 14.3 13.8
n3
n773 1.1 0.8 0.3
n3 n781,2 23.9 22.1 20.9 17.9 16.9 16.1 14.8 14.3 13.8
n783 1.1 0.8 0.3
n5 n774,5,13 10.5 8.9 7.8 7.2 6.5 5.1 4.2 3.5 2.8 2.3 2.1
n5 n776,7,13 10.4 8.9 7.8 6.7 6.0 4.7 3.7 3 2.3 1.7 1.2
n5 n784,5 10.5 8.9 7.8 7.1 6.5 5.4 4.2 3.5 2.3 2.1 1.4
n8 n784,5 10.8 9.1 8.0 5.1 4.2 3.5 2.3 2.1 1.4
band.
NOTE 3: The requirements are only applicable to channel bandwidths no larger than 20 MHz and with a carrier
frequency at ( Channel / 2 ) MHz offset from 2 f UL in the victim (higher band) with
LB
± 20+BW HB
HB
BW LB
Channel and BW Channel are the channel bandwidths
, where
configured in the aggressor (lower) and victim (higher) bands in MHz, respectively.
NOTE 4: These requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the uplink transmission bandwidth
of a low band for which the 4th transmitter harmonic is within the downlink transmission bandwidth of a high
band.
NOTE 5: The requirements should be verified for UL NR-ARFCN of a low band (superscript LB) such that
fUL f DL / 0.4 0.1
LB HB
FULLB_ low BWChannel
LB
/ 2 fULLB FULLB_ high BWChannel
LB
/2 HB
in MHz and with f DL the
LB
BWChannel
carrier frequency of a high band in MHz and the channel bandwidth configured in the low band.
NOTE 6: These requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the uplink transmission bandwidth
of a low band for which the 5th transmitter harmonic is within the downlink transmission bandwidth of a high
band.
NOTE 7: The requirements should be verified for UL NR-ARFCN of a low band (superscript LB) such that
fULLB f DL
HB
/ 0.50.1 F LB BWChannel
LB
/ 2 fUL
LB
FUL
LB
_ high BWChannel / 2
LB HB
in MHz and UL _ low with f DL the carrier
LB
BWChannel
frequency of a high band in MHz and the channel bandwidth configured in the low band.
NOTE 8: These requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the uplink transmission bandwidth
of the aggressor (lower) band for which the 3rd transmitter harmonic is within the downlink transmission
bandwidth of a victim (higher) band.
NOTE 9: The requirements should be verified for UL NR-ARFCN of the aggressor (lower) band (superscript LB) such
fULLB f DLHB 0.30.1 f DLHB carrier
that in MHz and with
frequency in the victim (higher) band in MHz and
BW LB
Channel the channel bandwidth configured in the lower
band.
NOTE 10: These requirements apply when the lower edge frequency of the 10 MHz, 15 MHz, or 20 MHz uplink
channel in Band 71 is located at or below 668 MHz and the downlink channel in Band n25 is located with its
upper edge at 1995 MHz.
NOTE 11: No requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the uplink transmission bandwidth of
the low band for which the 2nd transmitter harmonic is within the downlink transmission bandwidth of the
high band. The reference sensitivity for all active downlink component carriers is only verified when this is
not the case (the requirements specified in clause 7.3.2 apply unless otherwise specified).
NOTE 12: For these bandwidths, the minimum requirements are restricted to operation when carrier is configured as a
downlink carrier part of CA configuration.
3GPP
Release 17 1084 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 13: For a UE which supports this band combination only when the Band n77 frequency range restriction
defined in NOTE 12 of Table 5.2-1 applies, the MSD test point(s) cannot be verified for the band
combination and the test point(s) can be skipped.
Table 7.3A.0.4-2: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic
interference for NR CA, FR1
Sensitivity degradation is allowed for a band if it is impacted by receiver harmonic mixing due to another band part of
the same CA configuration. Reference sensitivity exceptions are specified in Table 7.3A.0.4-4 with uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3A.0.4-4a.
Table 7.3A.0.4-4: Reference sensitivity exceptions due to harmonic mixing for CA in NR FR1
UL DL 5 10 15 20 25 40 50 60 80 90 100
band band MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
(dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB)
n41 n781 8.3 8.0 6.9 3.9 3 2.3 1.2 0.4
n78 n412 10.4 10.4 10.4 7.2 6.2 5.5 4.5 4.5
NOTE 1: The requirements should be verified for UL EARFCN of the aggressor (lower) band (superscript LB) such
UL =⌊ f DL / 0 .15 ⌋ 0. 1
f LB f DLHB carrier
HB
that in MHz and with
frequency in the victim (higher) band in MHz and
BW LB
Channel the channel bandwidth configured in the lower
band.
NOTE 2: The requirements should be verified for UL EARFCN of the aggressor (high) band (superscript HB) such
that UL ⌊ DL ⌋ 0. 1 in MHz and
f LB = 15∗f HB F HB HB HB HB HB LB
ULlow +BW Channel / 2≤f UL ≤f UL high −BW Channel / 2 with f DL carrier
LB
frequency in the victim (lower) band in MHz and BW Channel the channel bandwidth configured in the higher
band.
3GPP
Release 17 1085 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.0.4-4a: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity exceptions due to receiver harmonic
mixing for CA in NR FR1
UL DL SCS 5 10 15 20 25 40 50 60 80 90 100
band band (kHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
n41 n78 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
n78 n41 30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
NOTE 1: The UL configuration applies regardless of the channel bandwidth of the UL band unless the UL resource
blocks exceed that specified in Table 7.3.2.3-3 for the uplink bandwidth in which case the allocation
according to Table 7.3.2.3-3 applies.
3GPP
Release 17 1086 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.0.5-1: 2DL/2UL interband Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS and uplink/downlink
configurations
Source of
Band / Channel bandwidth / NRB / Duplex mode
IMD
UL/DL
NR CA UL Fc UL DL Fc MSD Duplex
NR band BW
Configuration (MHz) CLRB (MHz) (dB) mode
(MHz)
n1 1950 5 25 2140 23 FDD IMD3
CA_n1A-n3A
n3 1760 5 25 1855 N/A FDD N/A
CA_n1-n8 n1 1965 5 25 2155 6.0 FDD IMD4
n8 887.5 5 25 932.5 N/A FDD N/A
8.0 IMD4
n1 1950 5 25 2140 FDD
CA_n1A-n78A 10.75
n78 3710 10 50 3710 N/A TDD N/A
n3 1771 10 50 1866 4 FDD IMD4
CA_n3A-n5A
n5 838 5 25 883 N/A FDD N/A
n3 1721 10 50 1816 N/A FDD N/A
CA_n3A-n5A
n5 838 5 25 883 24 FDD IMD23
[26] IMD24
n3 1740 5 25 1835 FDD
CA_n3A-n78A [28.75]
n78 3575 10 25 3575 N/A TDD N/A
[8.0] IMD44
n3 1765 5 25 1860 FDD
CA_n3A-n78A [10.75]
n78 3435 10 25 3435 N/A TDD N/A
CA_n5A-n77A6 n5 844 5 25 889 8.3 FDD IMD4
n77 3421 10 50 3421 N/A TDD N/A
n5 829 5 25 874 5.5 FDD IMD5
n77 4190 10 50 4190 N/A TDD N/A
n8 897.5 5 25 942.5 8.3 FDD IMD4
CA_n8A-n78A
n78 3635 10 50 3635 N/A TDD N/A
CA_n24-n7710 n24 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A FDD IMD4
n77 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A TDD N/A
n26 838 5 25 883 30 FDD IMD24
CA_n26A-n66A
n66 1721 5 25 2121 N/A FDD N/A
n26 838 5 25 883 30 FDD IMD24
CA_n26A-n70A
n70 1710 5 25 2020 N/A FDD N/A
n48 3660 5 25 3660 N/A TDD N/A
CA_n48A-n66A
n66 1730 5 25 2130 5.0 FDD IMD5
26
n70 1697.5 25/15 25 1997.5 FDD IMD24
CA_n48A-n70A 28.75
n48 3695 10 50 3695 N/A TDD N/A
CA_n66A-n71A n66 1750 5 25 2150 5 FDD IMD4
CA_n66(2A)-n71A
n71 675 5 25 629 N/A FDD N/A
CA_n66B-n71A
CA_n66A-n77A n66 1775 5 25 2175 31 FDD IMD2
n77 3950 10 50 3950 N/A TDD N/A
n66 1760 5 25 2160 5.0 FDD IMD5
n77 3720 10 50 3720 N/A TDD N/A
n70 1697.5 5 25 1997.5 5 FDD IMD4
CA_n70A-n71A
n71 695.5 5 25 649.5 N/A FDD N/A
NOTE 1: Both of the transmitters shall be set min(+20 dBm, PCMAX_L,f,c) as defined in subclause 6.2A.4
NOTE 2: RBSTART = 0, 15kHz SCS is assumed.
NOTE 3: No requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the intermodulation generated by the
dual uplink is within the downlink transmission bandwidth of the FDD band. The reference sensitivity should
only be verified when this is not the case (the requirements specified in clause 7.3 apply).
NOTE 4: This band is subject to IMD5 also which MSD is not specified.
NOTE 5: Applicable only if operation with 4 antenna ports is supported in the band with carrier aggregation configured.
NOTE 6: TBD
NOTE 7: TBD
NOTE 8: TBD
NOTE 9: TBD
NOTE 10: There is no IMD4 product in band n24 downlink for n77 operating in 3450 – 3980 MHz and n24 uplink
restricted to between 1627.5 – 1637.5 MHz and between 1646.5 – 1656.5 MHz.
3GPP
Release 17 1087 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.0.5-2: 3DL/2UL interband Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS and uplink/downlink
configurations
3GPP
Release 17 1088 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1089 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1090 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1091 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1092 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1093 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1094 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1095 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1096 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1097 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1098 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1099 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1100 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.0.6-1: Reference sensitivity exceptions (MSD) due to cross band isolation for NR CA FR1
n78 n71 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
n78 n79 2 2 2 2 2
n79 n78 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
NOTE 1: Applicable only when harmonic mixing MSD for this combination is not applied.
NOTE 2: The requirements only apply for UEs supporting inter-band carrier aggregation with simultaneous Rx/Tx capability.
Simultaneous Rx/Tx capability does not apply for UEs supporting band n78 with a n77 implementation.
3GPP
Release 17 1101 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.0.6-2: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity exceptions due to cross band isolation for NR CA FR1
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.3.A.
3GPP
Release 17 1102 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
To verify the ability of UE that support CA to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise when no CA
exceptions are allowed and single carrier requirements apply.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support NR 2DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1, 7.3A.1.4.1-2 and 7.3A.1.4.1-3. The details of the
uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH
before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous 2DL CA without exception
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Low range, High range
subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
subclause Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA Configuration (NOTE 3)
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the
UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters CA Configurations
CA Configuration DL Allocation UL Allocation
/NRB
PCC & SCC
PCC SCC CC CC PCC & SCC RB allocations
RB
NRB NRB MOD MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
allocation
Lowest DFT-s-OFDM
Lowest
NRB_agg CP-OFDM QPSK
NRB_agg Full RB REFSENS -
(NOTE QPSK
(NOTE 4)
4)
Highest DFT-s-OFDM
Highest
NRB_agg CP-OFDM QPSK
NRB_agg Full RB REFSENS -
(NOTE QPSK
(NOTE 4)
4)
Note 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
Note 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.2.4.1-3.
Note 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested
Note 4: In CA_n66B configuration with the same NRB_agg CC combination, PCC shall be selected as the lower
CH BW
Note 5: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be performed only with 4Rx antennas connected.
3GPP
Release 17 1103 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for inter-band 2DL CA without exception
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Mid range for PCC and SCC with exceptions for CA
configurations containing the following band combinations
(Note 8):
NS_01
Network signalling value Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4 for the band with active uplink
carrier
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / CBW DL Allocation UL Allocation (Note 2,3)
PCC &
SCC
CA Configuration RB
ID CC allocati CC PCC & SCC RB allocations
PCC NRB SCC NRB
MOD on MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
PCC SCC
PCC
SCC
Band Range Band Range
3GPP
Release 17 1104 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table for intra-band non-contiguous 2DL CA without exception
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
Test CC Combination setting (CBW) as specified in subclause
Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth Refer to “PCC NRB”and “SCC NRB ” columns
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
3GPP
Release 17 1105 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
PCC SCC
PCC
SCC
Band Range Band Range
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A) Configuration
Max DFT-s-
CP-OFDM
1 nX CC1 nX CC2 Highest (NOTE Lowest Full RB OFDM REFSENS -
QPSK
4) QPSK
Highest Max Highest DFT-s-
CP-OFDM
2 nX CC1 nX CC2 NRB_agg (NOTE NRB_agg Full RB OFDM REFSENS -
QPSK
(NOTE 5) 4) (NOTE 5) QPSK
Test Settings for a CA_n71(2A) Configuration
5.0 DFT-s-
CP-OFDM
1 n71 CC1 n71 CC2 5MHz 5MHz Full RB OFDM 20@0 -
QPSK
QPSK
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if
present in the table. Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.2.4.1-3.
Note 4: The Wgap is defined to be widest possible on band based on the PCC and SCC configuration
Note 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the combination with the
highest NRB_PCC is tested
Note 6: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be performed only with 4Rx antennas connected.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and Reference Measurement Channel is set according to Tables 7.3A.1.4.1-1, 7.3A.1.4.1-2 and 7.3A.1.4.1-3.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function
On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 7.3A.1.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1106 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.3A.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1-1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.3A.1.4.1-1, 7.3A.1.4.1-2 and 7.3A.1.4.1-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits
on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1, 7.3A.1.4.1-2 and 7.3A.1.4.1-3 on PCC. Since the UE
has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Tables 7.3.2.5-1, 7.3.2.5-2. Send
continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure
the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the throughput measurement. Allow at least 200ms
starting from the first TPC command in this step for the UE to reach PUMAX level.
7. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
For 2DL carrier aggregation, test parameters are specified in table 7.3A.1.4.1-1, 7.3A.1.4.1-2 and 7.3A.1.4.1-3. For the
CA configurations listed in table 7.3A.1.5-1, the throughput of each component carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with reference
power level specified in table 7.3.2.5-1 for non-SDL carrier for 2 Rx antenna port, in table 7.3.2.5-2 for non-SDL
carrier for 4 Rx antenna port and in table 7.3A.1.5-2 for SDL carrier with following additional requirements:
The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation, the test requirement for reference sensitivity shall be
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c defined in clause 7.3A.0.3 for the applicable operating bands. Unless otherwise
stated, ΔRIB,c is set to zero.
For intra-band non-contiguous 2 DL CA, the test requirement for shall be increased by ΔRIBNC given in Table
7.3A.0.2.2-1 for the SCC. Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4, the reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified with
the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.3.1-1) configured.
3GPP
Release 17 1107 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NR SCS 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 90 100
band (kHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB dB
15 -97.0 -93.8
+TT +TT
n29
30 -94.1
+TT
Note 1: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3.2.5-3.
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two or more downlink sub-blocks,
throughput of each downlink component carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) and parameters specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1,
Table 7.3.2.4.1-2, Table 7.3.2.4.1-3, Table 7.3.2.5-1, Table 7.3.2.5-2 and Table 7.3A.1.4-1 with the reference
sensitivity power level increased by ΔRIBNC given in Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1 for the SCC(s). For aggregation of two
downlink FDD carriers with one uplink carrier the reference sensitivity is defined only for the specific uplink and
downlink test points which are specified in Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1. The requirements apply with all downlink carriers
active. Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4, the reference sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network
signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.3.1-1) configured.
For band combinations including operating bands without uplink band (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements are
specified in Table 7.3A.1.5-1 and for any band with uplink the uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2. The
throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels, as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one-sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
3GPP
Release 17 1108 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
DL-signal, as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1). The reference sensitivity is defined to be met with all downlink
component carriers active and one of the uplink carriers active.
- Test point analysis for CA_n3A-n5A IMD2 and IMD4 is currently missing in TR 38.905.
To verify the ability of UE that support CA to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise when CA exceptions
are allowed.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support NR 2DL CA
3GPP
Release 17 1109 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3A.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5]
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5]
subclause 4.3.1 For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
Test CC Combination setting (CBW) as specified in
subclause Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA Configuration Refer to “PCC NRB”and “SCC NRB ” columns
across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
NS_01
Network signalling value
Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4 for the band with active uplink carrier
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
CA Configuration / CBW DL Allocation UL Allocation (Note 2)
PCC &
SCC
CA Configuration RB
ID CC allocatio CC PCC & SCC RB allocations
PCC SCC n
MOD MOD (LCRB @ RBstart)
PCC SCC
PCC
SCC
Ban
Range Band Range
d
Test Settings for CA_n1A-n3A Configuration
DFT-
1950 CP-
1760 s-
n1 MHz n3 5MHz 5MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3 REFSENS_CA_3
MHz OFDM
(UL) QPSK
QPSK
1
DFT-
CP-
s-
n1 Low n3 High 5MHz Highest OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_4
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n1A-n8A Configuration
DFT-
1965 CP-
887,5 s-
1 n1 MHz n8 5MHz 5MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3 REFSENS_CA_3
MHz OFDM
(UL) QPSK
QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n1A-n77A Configuration
DFT-
CP-
3900 s-
1 n1 Mid n77 20 MHz Highest OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
MHz OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
CP-
3870 s-
2 n1 Mid n77 20 MHz 20 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
MHz OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
3GPP
Release 17 1110 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
PCC
SCC
Band Range Band Range
Test Settings for CA_n1A-n78A Configuration
DFT-
1950 CP-
3710 s-
1 n1 MHz n78 5 MHz 10 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3 REFSENS_CA_3
MHz OFDM
(UL) QPSK
QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n3A-n5A Configuration
DFT-
CP-
s-
1 n3 TBD n77 TBD Highest Highest OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
1721 CP-
838 s-
2 n3 MHz n5 10 MHz 5 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3 REFSENS_CA_3
MHz OFDM
(UL) QPSK
QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n3A-n77A Configuration
DFT-
CP-
s-
1 n3 TBD n77 TBD Highest Highest OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
CP-
s-
2 n3 TBD n77 TBD Highest 20 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n70A-n71A Configuration
DFT-
CP-
s- REFSENS_CA_1
1 n71 Low n70 Low 10 MHz Highest OFDM Full RB -
OFDM with RB start 10
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
CP-
s- REFSENS_CA_1
2 n71 Low n70 Low 5 MHz 5 MHz OFDM Full RB -
OFDM with RB start 10
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
1697.5 695.5 CP-
s- REFSENS_CA_
3 n70 MHz n71 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3
OFDM 3
(UL) (UL) QPSK
QPSK
3GPP
Release 17 1111 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
PCC
SCC
Ban
Range Band Range
d
3GPP
Release 17 1112 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1113 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
PCC
SCC
Ban
Range Band Range
d
Test Settings for CA_n26A-n70A Configuration
5 MHz DFT-
1707.5 838 CP-
UL / 25 s- REFSENS_CA_
1 n70 MHz n26 MHz 5 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3
MHz OFDM 3
(UL) (UL) QPSK
DL QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n48A-n66A Configuration
DFT-
3660 1750 CP-
s- REFSENS_CA_
1 n48 MHz n66 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3
OFDM 3
(UL) (UL) QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
CP-
s-
2 n66 High n48 Low 5 MHz 10 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
CP-
s-
3 n66 High n48 Low 5 MHz 60 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
DFT-
CP-
s-
4 n66 High n48 Mid 5 MHz 10 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_1 -
OFDM
QPSK
QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n48A-n70A Configuration
15 MHz DFT-
3695 1697.5 CP-
UL / 25 s- REFSENS_CA_
1 n48 MHz n70 MHz 10 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3
MHz OFDM 3
(UL) (UL) QPSK
DL QPSK
Test Settings for CA_n66A-n71A Configuration
DFT-
1750 675 CP-
s- REFSENS_CA_
2 n66 MHz n71 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz OFDM Full RB REFSENS_CA_3
OFDM 3
(UL) (UL) QPSK
QPSK
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: REFSENS refers to the PCC bands and PCC NRB ‘s single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according
to table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
REFSENS_CA_1 refers to the Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic interference
according to table 7.3A.0.4-2.
REFSENS_CA_2 refers to the Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity exceptions due to receiver harmonic mixing
according to table 7.3A.0.4-4a.
REFSENS_CA_3 refers to the Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity exceptions due to intermodulation
interference due to 2UL CA according to table 7.3A.0.5-1.
REFSENS_CA_4 refers to the Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity exceptions due to cross band isolation for
NR CA FR1 according to table 7.3A.0.6-2.
Note 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be performed only with 4Rx antennas connected.
3GPP
Release 17 1114 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3A.1_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for intra-band non-contiguous 2DL CA exceptions
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1 NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
Test CC Combination setting (CBW) as specified in subclause
Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth Refer to “PCC NRB”and “SCC NRB ” columns
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
PCC
SCC
Band Range Band Range
Test Settings for a CA_n71(2A) Configuration
25.0 DFT-s-
CP-OFDM
1 n71 CC1 n71 CC2 5MHz 5MHz Full RB OFDM 5@0 -
QPSK
QPSK
10.0 DFT-s-
CP-OFDM
2 n71 CC1 n71 CC2 15MHz 10MHz Full RB OFDM 5@2 -
QPSK
QPSK
5.0 DFT-s-
CP-OFDM
3 n71 CC1 n71 CC2 15MHz 10MHz Full RB OFDM 20@19 -
QPSK
QPSK
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration.
Note 2: Use CA Configuration – specific test points if present in the table, otherwise use test points from matching Group Test Settings, if
present in the table. Otherwise use the Default Test Settings test points.
Note 3: REFSENS_CA_1 refers to the Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity exceptions according to table 7.3A.0.2.2-1
Note 4: The Wgap is defined to be widest possible on band based on the PCC and SCC configuration
Note 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the combination with the
highest NRB_PCC is tested
Note 6: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be performed only with 4Rx antennas connected.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and Reference Measurement Channel is set according to Tables 7.3A.1_1.4.1-1 and 7.3A.1_1.4.1-2.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.3A.1_1.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.3A.1_1.1.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1115 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.3A.1_1.4.1-1 and 7.3A.1_1.4.1-2. on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.2A.1.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload
and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3A.1_1.5-1 and 7.3A.1_1.5-
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the throughput measurement. Allow at least
200ms starting from the first TPC command in this step for the UE to reach PUMAX level.
7. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED and following exception:
For test points with “REFSENS_CA_3” UL configuration in table 7.3A.1_1.4.1-1, message exception in table
7.3A.1_1.4.3-1 applies.
For inter-band carrier aggregation the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.3A.1_1.5-1. The test
requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
3GPP
Release 17 1116 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1117 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
CA_n1A-n8A 1 n1 15 -100+6+TT
-100 -2.7
+6+TT4
1 n8 15 -97+TT
-97-2.7+TT4
CA_n1A- all n1 15 -93.8 +TT
n77A -93.8 -
2.7+TT4
1 n77 30 -85.1
+13.8+TT
-85.1 -
2.2+13.8+TT
4
2 n77 15 -92.2
+0.3+TT
-92.2 -
2.2+0.3+TT
4
3GPP
Release 17 1118 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1119 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1120 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1121 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1122 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
-92.7
- 2.7
+TT4
15 -97.0 + 17.5
1 n29
+ TT
1 n71 15 -86.0 + TT
CA_n29A-
15 -93.8 +
n71A
2 n29 16.0
+TT
2 n71 15 -86.0 + TT
3GPP
Release 17 1123 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to maximum output power level (Table 7.3A.3.5-2)
Note 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Note 3: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3.2.5-3.
Note 4: Applicable only if operation with 4 antenna ports is supported in the band with carrier aggregation configured.
Note 5: Values are modified by -0.5dB when carrier channel BW is between 865MHz and 894MHz.
3GPP
Release 17 1124 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
-97.2 + 4.0
+TT for SCC
3GPP
Release 17 1125 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
To verify the ability of UE that support CA to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward that support NR 3DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.2A.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1126 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
3GPP
Release 17 1127 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1128 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1129 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.3A.2.1.4.3.
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.3A.2.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1-1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Tables 7.3.2.5-1 and 7.3.2.5-2 as
appropriate. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to
the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the throughput measurement. Allow at
least 200ms starting from the first TPC command in this step for the UE to reach PUMAX level.
7. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
For 3DL carrier aggregation, test parameters are specified in table 7.3A.2.4.1-1. For the CA configurations listed in
table 7.3A.2.5-1, the throughput of each component carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with reference power level specified in table
7.3.2.5-1 for each non-SDL carrier for 2 Rx antenna port, in table 7.3.2.5-2 for each non-SDL carrier for 4 Rx antenna
port and in table 7.3A.1.5-2 for SDL carrier with following additional requirements:
The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation, the test requirement for reference sensitivity shall be
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c defined in clause 7.3A.0.3.2 for the applicable operating bands. Unless
otherwise stated, ΔRIB,c is set to zero.
3GPP
Release 17 1130 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For intra-band non-contiguous CA with one uplink carrier and two or more downlink sub-blocks, the test requirement
for SCC(s) shall be increased by ΔRIBNC given in Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1. Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4, the reference
sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.3.1-1) configured.
To verify the ability of UE that support CA to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support NR 4DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
3GPP
Release 17 1131 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement
channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A2.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1132 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions
onment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
uencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 For test frequencies refer to “Range” columns.
3GPP
Release 17 1133 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1134 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function
On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 7.3A.2.1.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1135 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.3A.3.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1-1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.3A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Tables 7.3.2.5-1 and 7.3.2.5-2 as
appropriate. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to
the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the throughput measurement. Allow at
least 200ms starting from the first TPC command in this step for the UE to reach PUMAX level.
7. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
For 4DL carrier aggregation, test parameters are specified in table 7.3A.3.4.1-1. For the CA configurations listed in
table 7.3A.3.5-1, the throughput of each component carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with reference sensitivity power level specified in
table 7.3.2.5-1 for each non-SDL carrier for 2 Rx antenna port, in table 7.3.2.5-2 for each non-SDL carrier for 4 Rx
antenna port and in table 7.3A.1.5-2 for SDL carrier with following additional requirements:
For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation, the test requirement for reference sensitivity shall be
increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c defined in clause 7.3A.0.3.2 for the applicable operating bands. Unless
otherwise stated, ΔRIB,c is set to zero.
For intra-band non-contiguous CA with one uplink carrier and two or more downlink sub-blocks, the test requirement
for SCC(s) shall be increased by ΔRIBNC given in Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1. Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4, the reference
sensitivity requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.3.1-1) configured.
3GPP
Release 17 1136 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
7.3B Void
7.3C Reference sensitivity for SUL
7.3C.0 Minimum conformance requirements
7.3C.0.1 General
The reference sensitivity power level REFSENS is the minimum mean power applied to each one of the UE antenna
ports for all UE categories, at which the throughput shall meet or exceed the requirements for the specified reference
measurement channel.
For SUL operation with downlink CA, the reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement for downlink bands
specified in clause 7.3A.2 shall be met for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table
7.3.2-3 or supplementary uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3C.2-1 with
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2.2, A.2.3.2, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1), unless sensitivity
degradation is allowed in this clause of this specification. These exceptions also apply to any higher order CA or DC
combination containing one of the exception combinations in this clause as subset.
SCS
of 70
DL UL 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 90 100
UL MH
band band MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
band Z
(kHz)
15 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
n41 n83
30 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
n78 n80 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
n78 n81 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
n78 n82 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
n78 n83 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
n78 n84 15 25 50 75 100 100 100 100 100 100
n78 n86 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
n79 n80 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
n79 n81 15 25 50 75 100 100 100
15 100 100 100 100 100
n79 n83
30 50 50 50 50 50
For the UE that supports any of the SUL operation given in Table 7.3C.0.2-2, exceptions to the requirements specified
in Table7.3.2.3-1 are allowed when the uplink is active in a lower frequency band and is within a specified frequency
range such that transmitter harmonics fall within the downlink transmission bandwidth assigned in a higher band as
noted in Table 7.3C.0.2-2. For these exceptions, the UE shall meet the requirements specified in Table 7.3C.0.2-2 and
Supplementary Uplink configuration (exceptions due to harmonic issue given in Table 7.3C.0.2-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1137 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3C.0.2-2: Reference sensitivity for SUL operation (exceptions due to harmonic issue)
band.
NOTE 6: These requirements apply when there is at least one individual RE within the uplink transmission
bandwidth of the aggressor (lower) band for which the 5th transmitter harmonic is within the downlink
transmission bandwidth of a victim (higher) band.
NOTE 7: The requirements should be verified for UL NR-ARFCN of the aggressor (lower) band (superscript LB)
UL = ⌊ f DL / 0 .5 ⌋ 0. 1
f LB f DLHB
HB
such that in MHz and with
LB
BWChannel
carrier frequency in the victim (higher) band in MHz and the channel bandwidth configured in the
lower band.
3GPP
Release 17 1138 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For a UE supporting a SUL configuration, the ΔRIB,c applies for both SC and SUL operation.
For the UE which supports SUL band combination, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in subclause
7.3C.0 shall be increased by the amount given in ΔRIB,c defined in subclause 7.3C.0.3 for the applicable operating bands.
Unless otherwise stated, ΔRIB,c is set to zero.
In case the UE supports more than one of band combinations for CA, SUL or DC, and an operating band belongs to
more than one band combinations then
- When the operating band frequency range is ≤ 1 GHz, the applicable additional ΔR IB,c shall be the average value
for all band combinations defined in subclause 7.3A, 7.3B, 7.3C in this specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in TS
38.521-3 [14], truncated to one decimal place that apply for that operating band among the supported band
combinations. In case there is a harmonic relation between low band UL and high band DL, then the maximum
ΔRIB,c among the different supported band combinations involving such band shall be applied
- When the operating band frequency range is > 1 GHz, the applicable additional ΔR IB,c shall be the maximum
value for all band combinations defined in subclause 7.3A, 7.3B, 7.3C in this specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in TS
38.521-3 [14] for the applicable operating bands.
3GPP
Release 17 1139 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.3C.2 and 7.3C.3.
7.3C.1 General
The reference sensitivity power level REFSENS is the minimum mean power applied to each one of the UE antenna
ports for all UE categories, at which the throughput shall meet or exceed the requirements for the specified reference
measurement channel.
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under SUL operation and conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no
added noise.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports SUL operation on the SUL bands.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1 and 7.3C.2.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1140 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
[5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Mid range for SUL carrier.
[5] subclause 4.3.1 Low, Mid, High range for non-SUL carrier
With following exceptions:
SUL_n78-n80: High in band n78
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Lowest, Mid, Highest for Non-SUL carrier
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 For SUL band:
n80: 30 MHz
n81: 20 MHz
n82: 20 MHz
n83: 20 MHz
n84: 20 MHz
n86: 40 MHz
n95: 15 MHz
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.5C-1 15kHz for SUL carrier
Lowest for Non-SUL carrier
Test Parameters
Test ID Downlink Configuration UL SUL Configuration
Modulation RB allocation Configuration Modulation RB allocation (NOTE 2)
1 CP-OFDM Full RB (NOTE N/A DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS
QPSK 1) (NOTE 2)
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1a which defines uplink RB configuration and start RB location for
each SCS, channel BW and NR band.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be repeated with only 2Rx antennas connected and
the other antennas terminated.
3GPP
Release 17 1141 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1a: SUL configuration for reference sensitivity, LCRB @ RBstart format (without
exception)
NR Band / SCS of SUL band / Channel bandwidth of the DL band / LCRB@RBStart of SUL band
DL SU SC 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 90 100
ban L S of MH MHz MHz MHz MH MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
d ban SUL z z
d ban
d
(kH
z)
160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@
n41 n80 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n41 n81 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
15
n41 n83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
30 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0
n41 n95 15 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0
160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@
n77 n80 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n77 n84 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@
n78 n80 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n78 n81 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n78 n82 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n78 n83 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n78 n84 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
216@ 216@ 216@ 216@ 216@ 216@ 216@ 216@ 216@
n78 n86 15
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
15
n79 n83 0 0 0 0 0
30 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0 50@0
160@ 160@ 160@ 160@ 160@
n79 n80 15
0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n79 n81 15
0 0 0 0 0
100@ 100@ 100@ 100@ 100@
n79 n84 15
0 0 0 0 0
n79 n95 15 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0 75@0
3GPP
Release 17 1142 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3C.2.4.1-2: Test configurations table for SUL operation exceptions due to UL harmonic issue
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] See range column for each CC
subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 38.508-1 See CBW column for each CC
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.5C-1 15kHz for SUL carrier
Lowest for Non-SUL carrier
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration SUL Configuration
RB UL RB
ID Rang alloc Configurati alloc
Band CBW Mod Band Range CBW Mod
e (NOT on (NOTE
E 1) 2)
Test settings for SUL_n78-n80
1 CP- REFSE
DFT-s-
Highe OFD Full NS_SU
n78 3560 N/A n80 High 10 MHz OFDM
st M RB L
QPSK
QPSK
2 CP- REFSE
DFT-s-
20 OFD Full NS_SU
n78 3530 N/A n80 High 10 MHz OFDM
MHz M RB L
QPSK
QPSK
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS_SUL refers to the Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic
interference according to table 7.3C.0.2-3.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.4 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1, C.2, C3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.0 with consideration of supplementary uplink physical channels.
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement Channel shall be set according to Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1 or 7.3C.2.4.1-2.
5. The UL Reference Measurement Channel shall be set according to Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1for REFSENS without
exceptions and Table 7.3C.2.4.1-2 when testing is performed with SUL/DL band combination listed in Table
7.3C.0.2-2 for exceptions due to harmonic issue.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.3C.2.4.3
1 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.3C.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC on SUL band according to Tables 7.3C.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3C.2.5-1 for 2Rx and table
7.3C.2.5-2 for 4Rx. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling
information to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.
3GPP
Release 17 1143 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.2.
5. For configurations listed in table 7.3C.2.4.1-2, repeat step 1-4 with table 7.3C.2.4.1-2 replacing table 7.3C.2.4.1-
1 in step1 and step 2, table 7.3C.2.5.1-1 replacing 7.3C.2.5-1 and table 7.3C.2.5-2 in step 3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2 ensuring UL/SUL indicator in Table
4.3.6.1.1.2-1 with condition SUL, subclause 4.6 ensuring Tables 4.6.1-28 with condition SUL AND (RF OR RRM),
4.6.3-14 with condition SUL_SUL for SUL carrier, and Table 4.6.3-167 with condition PUSCH_PUCCH_ON_SUL,
additionally the following exception shown in Table 7.3C.2.4.3-1 is considered.
The throughput measured in step 4 shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels
as specified in Annex A3.2 for REFSENS without exception testing with receive power level specified in Tables
7.3C.2.5-1 for 2Rx antenna port and Tables 7.3C.2.5-2 for 4 Rx antenna port, and parameters specified in table
7.3C.2.4.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1144 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1145 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1146 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1147 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1148 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1149 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3C.2.5-2: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for Four Rx antenna ports
3GPP
Release 17 1150 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1151 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For the UE that supports any of the SUL operation given in Table 7.3C.0.2-2, exceptions to the requirements specified in Table 7.3C.2.5-1 or Table 7.3C.2.5-2 are allowed when
the uplink is active in a lower frequency band and is within a specified frequency range such that transmitter harmonics fall within the downlink transmission bandwidth assigned
in a higher band as noted in Table 7.3C.0.2-2. For these exceptions, the UE shall meet the requirements specified in clause 7.3C.2.5.1.
3GPP
Release 17 1152 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For SUL operation with DL band listed in Table 7.3C.0.2.3-2 with supplementary uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3C.0.2.3-1, the
reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement for downlink bands specified in Table 7.3C.2.5.1-1 due to harmonic exceptions.
Table 7.3C.2.5.1-1: Reference sensitivity for SUL operation (exceptions due to harmonic issue)
For the UE which supports SUL band combination, the test requirement for reference sensitivity in Tables 7.3C.2.5-1, 7.3C.2.5-2 and 7.3C.2.5.1-1, 7.3C.2.3-1 shall be increased
by the amount given in ΔRIB,c defined in subclause 7.3C.0.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1153 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
- No test points defined for Reference sensitivity power level testing for SUL with DL CA. This test case is
covered by 7.3.2 and 7.3C.2.
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under SUL and 2 DL CA operation and conditions of low signal level, ideal
propagation and no added noise.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports SUL operation on the SUL bands with
2DL CA.
NOTE: No testing needs to be performed since the testing has been covered in test case 7.3.2 and 7.3C.2.
For band combination CA_nX_SUL_nY-nZ, test the REFSENS of SUL configuration or NR band as listed in table
7.3C.3.4-1.
Band configuration Verifying REFSENS of SUL Subtest case Table with test
configurations/ NR band parameters to select
SUL_n78A-n80A 7.3C.2 Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1
CA_n1A_SUL_n78A-n80A
n1 7.3.2 Table 7.3.2.4.1-1
SUL_n78A-n84A 7.3C.2 Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1
CA_n1A_SUL_n78A-n84A
n1 7.3.2 Table 7.3.2.4.1-1
SUL_n78A-n80A 7.3C.2 Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1
CA_n3A_SUL_n78A-n80A
n3 7.3.2 Table 7.3.2.4.1-1
CA_n28A_SUL_n41A- SUL_n41A-n83A 7.3C.2 Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1
n83A n28 7.3.2 Table 7.3.2.4.1-1
SUL_n79C-n83A SUL_n79A-n83A 7.3C.2 Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1
CA_n28A_SUL_n79A- SUL_n79A-n83A 7.3C.2 Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1
n83A n28 7.3.2 Table 7.3.2.4.1-1
Same test requirement as clause 7.3.2 and 7.3C.2 for each band or band combinations listed in table 7.3C.3.4-1.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.3D
3GPP
Release 17 1154 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
specified in subclause 7.3 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in clause 6.2D.1. For UL MIMO,
the parameter PUMAX is the total transmitter power over the two transmits power over the two transmit antenna
connectors
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.3D and 7.3.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3D.2.4.1-2, and Table 7.3D.2.4.1-3. The
details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2 and A.3.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
[5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Low range, Mid range, High range
subclause4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Lowest, Mid, Highest
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Test ID Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Modulation RB allocation Modulation RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM Full RB (NOTE 1) CP-OFDM QPSK REFSENS (NOTE 2)
QPSK
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to Table 7.3.2.4.1-3 which defines uplink RB configuration and start RB location for each
SCS, channel BW and NR band.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports connected and
4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A Figure A.3.1.1.2 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement Channel is set according to Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3.2.4.1-2, and
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1155 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.3D.2.4.3.
Step 2: SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI
to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits
uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The PDCCH DCI format 0_1 is specified with condition 2TX_UL_MIMO
in 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO and exceptions listed in clause 7.3.2.4.3
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A3.2 with reference receive power level specified in Tables 7.3.2.5-1 and parameters specified Tables
7.3D.2.4.1-1, Tables 7.3.2.4.1-2 and Tables 7.3.2.4.1-3.
- TP analysis is FFS
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive V2X physical channel data with a given average throughput
for a specified reference measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added
noise.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward that support NR V2X sidelink communication.
When UE is configured for NR V2X reception non-concurrent with NR uplink transmissions for NR V2X operating
bands specified in Table 5.2E-1, the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.7.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.3E.2.3-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1156 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3E.2.3-2: Sidelink TX configuration for reference sensitivity of NR V2X Bands (PC5)
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.3E.2.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2E.1-1 and Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3E.2.4.1-1. The details of the V2X
reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.7.2 and the GNSS configuration in TS 38.508-1 [5]
subclause 4.11.
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH]
[5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] [Mid range]
subclause4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS [Lowest, Highest]
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 [Lowest]
Test Parameters
Test ID V2X Configuration to receive
Modulation RB allocation
1 [CP-OFDM QPSK] [Full RB (NOTE 1)]
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3E.2.4.1-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1157 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Channel
SCS(kHz LCRBma Outer RB allocation / Normal
Bandwidt
) x RB allocation
h
15 52 50@0
10MHz 30 24 24@0
60 11 10@0
15 106 105@0
20MHz 30 51 50@0
60 24 24@0
15 160 160@0
30MHz 30 78 75@0
60 38 36@0
15 216 216@0
40MHz 30 106 105@0
60 51 50@0
NOTE 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each
NR band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in
Table 5.3.5-1.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors and connect the GNSS simulator to the UE GNSS RX antenna
connector as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.9.1 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.7 for UE
diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the NR sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 38.508-1
[5] subclause 4.10. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 7.3E.2.4.3.
4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [5]
Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.
6. Ensure the UE is in State Out_of_Coverage with generic procedure parameters Sidelink On, Test Loop Function
On with UE test loop mode E closed for Transmit Mode according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5.
7. Trigger the UE to reset UTC time. (NOTE: The UTC time reset may be performed by MMI or AT command
(+CUTCR).)
8. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of
Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
1. The UE starts to perform the NR V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration and to
schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 7.3G.1.4.1-1.
2. Set the signal level of V2X to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3G.1.3-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 and 5.4.
3GPP
Release 17 1158 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
When UE is configured for NR V2X reception non-concurrent with NR uplink transmissions for NR V2X operating
bands specified in Table 5.2E-1, the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.7.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.3E.2.5-1.
In later clauses of Clause 7 where the value of REFSENS is used as a reference to set the corresponding requirement,
the UE shall be verified against those requirements by applying the REFSENS value in Table 7.3G.2-1 with 2 Rx
antenna ports tested.
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward that support NR standalone shared spectrum channel
access.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2.2, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.3F.2.3-1, Table 7.3F.2.3-2, and Table
7.3F.2.3-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1159 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For UE(s) equipped with 4 Rx antenna ports, reference sensitivity for 2Rx antenna ports in Table 7.3F.2.3-1 shall be
modified by the amount given in ΔRIB,4R in Table 7.3F.2.3-2 for the applicable operating bands.
The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in Table 7.3F.2.3-1 and Table 7.3F.2.3-2 shall be
met with uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3F.2.3-3.
Unless given by Table 7.3F.2.3-4, the minimum requirements specified in Tables 7.3F.2.3-1 and 7.3F.2.3-2 shall be
verified with the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2F.3.1-1) configured.
Operating Network
band Signalling
value
n46 NS_01
n96 NS_53
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.3F.2.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test
parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.3F.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3F.2.4.1-2, and Table 7.3F.2.4.1-
3 The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A2.2. Configurations of
PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1160 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH
[5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Low range, Mid range, High range
subclause4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Lowest UL / Lowest DL, Lowest UL / Highest DL (NOTE 3)
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Test ID Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Modulation RB allocation Modulation RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM Full RB (NOTE 1) DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS (NOTE 2)
QPSK
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3F.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to Table 7.3F.2.4.1-3 which defines uplink RB configuration and start RB location for each
SCS, channel BW and NR band.
NOTE 5: For a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test needs to be repeated with only 2Rx antennas connected and
the other antennas terminated.
Channel
SCS(kHz LCRBma Outer RB allocation / Normal
Bandwidt
) x RB allocation
h
15 106 106@0
20MHz 30 51 51@0
60 24 24@0
15 216 216@0
40MHz 30 106 106@0
60 51 51@0
15 N/A N/A
60MHz 30 162 162@0
60 79 79@0
15 N/A N/A
80MHz 30 217 217@0
60 107 107@0
NOTE 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each
NR band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in
Table 5.3.5-1.
Table 7.3F.2.4.1-3: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity, LCRB @ RBstart format
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1161 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and Reference Measurement Channel is set according to Table 7.3F.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3F.2.4.1-2, and
Table 7.3F.2.4.1-3.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.3F.2.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.3F.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.3F.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Table 7.3F.2.5-1 if 2Rx antennas
connected or Table 7.3F.2.5-2 if 4Rx antennas connected. Send continuously uplink power control "up"
commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least
the duration of the Throughput measurement.
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.2
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED for NR band.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1[5] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions for each network
signalling value.
Message contents according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 can be used without exceptions.
FFS
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A3.2 with reference receive power level specified in Tables 7.3F.2.5-1 for 2 Rx antenna port, Tables 7.3F.2.5-2
for 4 Rx antenna port, and parameters specified Tables 7.3F.2.4.1-1, Tables 7.3F.2.4.1-2 and Tables 7.3F.2.4.1-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1162 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3F.2.5-2: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for Four Rx antenna ports
For the UE which supports inter-band carrier aggregation, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table
7.3F.2.5-1 shall be increased by the amount given in ΔRIB,c defined in subclause 7.3F.3 for the applicable operating
bands.
7.3F.3 ΔRIB,c
For a UE supporting CA or DC band combination, the minimum requirement for reference sensitivity in Table 7.3F.2.3-
1 shall be increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c defined in Table 7.3F.3-1. Unless otherwise stated, ΔRIB,c is set to
zero.
In case the UE supports more than one of band combinations for CA or DC, and an operating band belongs to more than
one band combinations then the applicable additional ΔRIB,c shall be the maximum value for all band combinations
3GPP
Release 17 1163 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
defined in clause 7.3A and 7.3F.3 in this specification and 7.3A, 7.3B in TS 38.101-3 [4] for the applicable operating
bands.
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
The test purpose is to verify the ability of the UE to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified
reference measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 17 and forward that support NR RedCap.
For a RedCap UE equipped with 2 Rx antenna ports, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2.2, A3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table
7.3.2.3-1a and Table 7.3.2.3-1b for the applicable operating bands. The reference sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement
specified for a RedCap UE equipped with 2 Rx antenna ports shall be met with uplink transmission bandwidth less than
or equal to that specified in Table 7.3.2.3-3 and, for FDD bands, with the Tx-Rx separation as defined in clause 5.4.4
for the applicable band and UE channel bandwidth.
For a RedCap UE equipped with 1 Rx antenna ports, reference sensitivity for 2Rx antenna ports in Table 7.3.2.3-1a and
in Table 7.3.2.3-1b shall be modified by the amount given in ΔR1R in Table 7.3I.2.3-1 for the applicable operating
bands. The reference sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified for a RedCap UE equipped with 1 Rx antenna ports
shall be met with uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table 7.3.2.3-3 and, for FDD
bands, with the Tx-Rx separation as defined in clause 5.4.4 for the applicable band and UE channel bandwidth.
For a RedCap UE equipped with 2 Rx antenna ports operating in HD-FDD mode, reference sensitivity for 2Rx antenna
ports in Table 7.3I.2.3-2 shall be met with uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in Table
7.3I.2.3-5.
3GPP
Release 17 1164 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1165 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For a RedCap UE equipped with 1 Rx antenna ports and operating in HD-FDD mode, reference sensitivity for 1Rx
antenna ports in Table 7.3I.2.3-4 shall be met with uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in
Table 7.3I.2.3-5.
3GPP
Release 17 1166 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1167 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1168 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1169 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.3I.2.
For RedCap UE with 1Rx or 2 Rx antenna ports, same initial conditions as in 7.3.2.4.1 with following exception:
- The test channel bandwidth are specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 for RedCap.
For HD-FDD RedCap UE with 1 Rx or 2 Rx antenna ports, same initial conditions as in 7.3.2.4.1 with following
exception:
- The test channel bandwidth are specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 for RedCap.
- The RB allocation for uplink configuration in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1 refers to Table 7.3I.2.4.1-1 for each SCS,
channel BW and NR band.
3GPP
Release 17 1170 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.4.1-1: Uplink configuration for reference sensitivity of HD-FDD RedCap UE, L CRB @
RBstart format
3GPP
Release 17 1171 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Same test procedure as steps 1~4 of clause 7.3.2.4.2 with the following exceptions of step 3.
- Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in Tables 7.3I.2.5-1, 7.3I.2.5-2 and
7.3I.2.5-5 if 2Rx antennas connected or Tables 7.3I.2.5-3, 7.3I.2.5-4 and 7.3I.2.5-6 if 1Rx antennas connected.
FFS
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A3.2 with reference receive power level specified in Table 7.3I.2.5-1 and Table 7.3I.2.5-2 for RedCap UE with 2
Rx antenna port, Tables 7.3I.2.5-3 and Table 7.3I.2.5-4 for RedCap UE with single antenna port, Table 7.3I.2.5-5 for
HD-FDD RedCap UE with 2 Rx antenna port, Table 7.3I.2.5-6 for HD-FDD RedCap UE single antenna port, and
parameters specified Table 7.3.2.4.1-1, Table 7.3.2.4.1-2 and Table 7.3I.2.4.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1172 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.5-1: Two antenna port Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for FDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1173 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1174 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.5-2: Two antenna port reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for TDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1175 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
-100 +
15 5, 10, 15
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-97.1 +
n34 30 10, 15 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-97.5 +
60 10, 15
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-100 +
15 5, 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-97.1 +
n381 30 10, 15, 20, TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-97.5 +
60 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-100 +
15 5, 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-97.1 +
n39 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-97.5 +
60 10, 15, 20,
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-100 +
15 5, 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-97.1 +
n40 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-97.5 +
60 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-94.8 +
15 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/50)+TT
-95.1 +
n411 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-95.5 +
60 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
15 5, 10, 15, 20, -99 + 10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
30 10, 15, 20,
n481 +TT TDD
-96.5 +
60 10, 15, 20,
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-100 +
15 5, 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
-97.1 +
n50 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-97.5 +
60 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
n51 15 5 -100+TT TDD
-100 +
15 5, 10
10log10(NRB/25)+TT
n53 TDD
30 10 -97.1+TT
60 10 -97.5+TT
-95.3 +
15 10, 15, 20,
10log10(NRB/50)+TT
-95.6 +
n771,4 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
10log10(NRB/24)+TT
-96.0 +
60 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-95.8 + 10log10(NRB/50)
15 10, 15, 20
+TT
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n781 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
+TT
-96.5 +
60 10, 15, 20
10log10(NRB/11)+TT
-89.6 +
15 10, 20,
10log10(NRB/216)+TT
-89.7 + 10log10(NRB/106)
n791 30 10, 20, TDD
+TT
-89.9 + 10log10(NRB/51)
60 10, 20
+TT
NOTE 1: Void.
NOTE 2: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 3: Void
3GPP
Release 17 1176 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 4: The requirement is modified by -0.5 dB when the assigned UE channel bandwidth is confined
within 3300 - 3800 MHz.
NOTE 5: Void
NOTE 6: Void
NOTE 7: Void
NOTE 8: The REFSENS value is rounded to the nearest number down to one decimal point. “N RB” in
REFSENS formula is the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration as defined in Table
5.3.2-1.
NOTE 9: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3I.2.5-7.
3GPP
Release 17 1177 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.5-3: Single antenna port Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for FDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1178 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1179 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3F.2.5-4: Single antenna port reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for TDD bands
3GPP
Release 17 1180 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
-100 + 10log10(NRB/25)
15 5, 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-97.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n40 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
+2.5+TT
-97.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)
60 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-94.8 + 10log10(NRB/50)
15 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-95.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n411 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
+2.5+TT
-95.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)
60 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-99 + 10log10(NRB/25)
15 5, 10, 15, 20,
+2.5+TT
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n481 30 10, 15, 20, TDD
+2.5+TT
-96.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)
60 10, 15, 20,
+2.5+TT
-100 + 10log10(NRB/25)
15 5, 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-97.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n50 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
+2.5+TT
-97.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)
60 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
n51 15 5 -100 +2.5+TT TDD
-100 + 10log10(NRB/25)
15 5, 10
+2.5+TT
n53 TDD
30 10 -97.1 +2.5+TT
60 10 -97.5 +2.5+TT
-95.3 + 10log10(NRB/50)
n771,4 15 10, 15, 20, TDD
+2.5+TT
-95.6 + 10log10(NRB/24)
30 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-96.0 + 10log10(NRB/11)
60 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-95.8 + 10log10(NRB/50)
15 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-96.1 + 10log10(NRB/24)
n781 30 10, 15, 20 TDD
+2.5+TT
-96.5 + 10log10(NRB/11)
60 10, 15, 20
+2.5+TT
-89.6 + 10log10(NRB/216)
15 10, 20,
+2.5+TT
-89.7 + 10log10(NRB/106)
n791 30 10, 20, TDD
+2.5+TT
-89.9 + 10log10(NRB/51)
60 10, 20
+2.5+TT
NOTE 1: Void.
NOTE 2: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 3: Void
NOTE 4: The requirement is modified by -0.5 dB when the assigned UE channel bandwidth is confined
within 3300 - 3800 MHz.
NOTE 5: Void
NOTE 6: Void
NOTE 7: Void
NOTE 8: The REFSENS value is rounded to the nearest number down to one decimal point. “N RB” in
REFSENS formula is the maximum transmission bandwidth configuration as defined in Table
5.3.2-1.
NOTE 9: TT for each frequency and channel bandwidth is specified in Table 7.3I.2.5-7.
3GPP
Release 17 1181 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.5-5: Two antenna port reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for HD-FDD operation
3GPP
Release 17 1182 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1183 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1184 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1185 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.5-6: Single antenna port Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS for HD-FDD operation
3GPP
Release 17 1186 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1187 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1188 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.3I.2.5-7: Test Tolerance (TT) for RX sensitivity level for RedCap UE
Maximum input level tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of high signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area near to a g-
NodeB.
Maximum input level is defined as the maximum mean power received at the UE antenna port, at which the specified
relative throughput shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements for the specified reference measurement channel.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.4.3-1.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.4.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2
and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH
before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1189 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Normal
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Mid range (NOTE 5)
subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Modulation RB allocation Modulation RB allocation
CP-OFDM 64 QAM NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 2
CP-OFDM 256 QAM NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 2
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of downlink RB allocation is defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: The specific configuration of uplink RB allocation is defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected.
NOTE 4: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
NOTE 5: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 , and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.4.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.4.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.4.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.4.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data and no loopback data to
send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.4.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to
the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the
Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target
power level in Table 7.4.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.2
3GPP
Release 17 1190 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 and A.3.3 with parameters specified in Tables 7.4.5-1.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.4A.0.1-1 for each component carrier.
3GPP
Release 17 1191 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c as defined in subclause 6.2.4.3.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.3 or A.3.3.3 for 64 QAM.
NOTE 3: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.4 or A.3.3.4 for 256 QAM.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.4A.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) for each component carrier.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.4A.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 2DL CA.
3GPP
Release 17 1192 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Mid range
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as NOTE 1
specified in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM 64QAM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
2 CP-OFDM 256QAM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 1, NOTE 3
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as NOTE 1, NOTE 4
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM 64QAM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
2 CP-OFDM 256QAM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-2. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for maximum input level.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 4: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
3GPP
Release 17 1193 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 1
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as NOTE 1, NOTE 3
specified in Table 5.5A.2-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM 64QAM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
2 CP-OFDM 256QAM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for maximum input level.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.4A.1.4.1-1, Table 7.4A.1.4.1-2
or Table 7.4A.1.4.1-3.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.4A.1.4.3.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.4A.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.4A.1.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 7.4A.1.4.1-2 for inter-band CA or 7.4A.1.4.1-3 for intra-band non-
contiguous CA on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.4A.1.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 7.4A.1.4.1-2 for inter-
band CA or 7.4A.1.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA. Since the UE has no payload data and no loopback
data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.4A.1.5-1 for intra-band
contiguous CA, Table 7.4A.1.5-2 for inter-band CA or Table 7.4A.1.5-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA. Send
uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by
the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control
3GPP
Release 17 1194 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.4A.1.5-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, Table 7.4A.1.5-2
for inter-band CA or 7.4A.1.5-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement ,where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in
TS 38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
7. For intra-band contiguous and non-contiguous CA: measure the average throughput of each component carrier
for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
For inter-band CA: measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
8. For Inter-band CA only: Repeat steps from 1 to 7 setting the original PCell as SCell and the original SCell as
PCell in the corresponding CA configuration, except for operating bands without uplink band.
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3 with parameters specified in Table 7.4A.1.5-1 for intra-band
contiguous CA or Table 7.4A.1.5-2 for inter-band CA.
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c as defined in subclause 6.2.4.3.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.3 or A.3.3.3 for 64 QAM.
NOTE 3: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.4 or A.3.3.4 for 256 QAM.
NOTE 4: TT for each frequency is specified in Table 7.4A.1.5-5.
3GPP
Release 17 1195 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 3DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state. The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test
frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A.
All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in table
7.4A.2.4.1-1, 7.4A.2.4.1-2 or 7.4A.2.4.1-3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels
(RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1196 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Intra-band contiguous: Mid range for PCC and SCCs
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Inter-band: NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 1 with Wgap for
intra-band non-contiguous defined in table 7.3A.2.4.1-1 (NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as NOTE 1, NOTE 6
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest for PCC and SCCs
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB allocation SCC1 RB SCC2 RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXC-nYA, CA_nYA-nXC, CA_nYA-nXB and CA_nXB-nYA Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nYA Configuration
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
256QAM
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for maximum input level testing.
NOTE 2: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration.
NOTE 3: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n3A-
n8A, X=1, Y=3, Z=8; Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in
the CA Configuration, e.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1,Y=3; Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X
and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n1A-n8A, X=1, Y
=8.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 6: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
3GPP
Release 17 1197 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table7.4A.2.4.1-3: Void
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.4A.2.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.4A.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.4A.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.4A.2.4.1-1 to Table 7.4A.2.4.1-3 as appropriate for PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits
on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.4A.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data and no loopback data
to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value as defined in Table 7.4A.2.5-1 and Table 7.4A.2.5-
2 according to the type of CA. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB step size to ensure that
the PCC output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU
to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.4A.2.5-1 or Table
7.4A.2.5-2 as appropriate for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement ,where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in
TS 38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
7. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in table 7.4A.2.4.2-1 for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
3GPP
Release 17 1198 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3 with parameters specified in Table 7.4A.2.5-1 and Table 7.4A.2.5-2
as applicable.
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.2-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.3 or A.3.3.3 for 64 QAM.
NOTE 3: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.4 or A.3.3.4 for 256 QAM.
NOTE 4: TT for each frequency is specified in Table 7.4A.2.5-3 for each CC.
3GPP
Release 17 1199 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.4A.2.5-2: Maximum input level for 3DL CA (Intra-band non-contiguous, Inter-band), per CC
TT TT TT TT
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.2-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.3 or A.3.3.3 for 64 QAM.
NOTE 3: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.4 or A.3.3.4 for 256 QAM.
NOTE 4: TT for each frequency is specified in Table 7.4A.2.5-3 for each CC.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 4DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state. The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test
frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A.
All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in table
7.4A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1200 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3GPP
Release 17 1201 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in NOTE 1
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting NOTE 1, NOTE 5
(NRB_agg) as specified in Tables
5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or tables in
clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the
UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table Lowest for PCC and SCCs
5.3.5-1
Network signalling value NS_01 by default
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC1 RB SCC2 RB SCC3 RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation allocation allocatio Mod'n allocation
n
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXC-nYA-nZA and CA_nXB-nYA-nZA Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nYA-nZA Configuration
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
256QAM
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nY(2A) Configuration
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Intraband non-contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
64QAM
2 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
256QAM
3GPP
Release 17 1202 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for maximum input level testing.
NOTE 2: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration.
NOTE 3: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n3A-
n8A, X=1, Y=3, Z=8; Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in
the CA Configuration, e.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1,Y=3; Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X
and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n1A-n8A, X=1, Y
=8.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.4A.3.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.4A.3.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.4A.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.4A.3.4.1-1 as appropriate for PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.4A.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data and no loopback data
to send, the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value as defined in Table 7.4A.3.5-1 and Table 7.4A.3.5-
2 according to the type of CA. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB step size to ensure that
the PCC output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU
to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.4A.3.5-1 or Table
7.4A.3.5-2 as appropriate for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement ,where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in
TS 38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
7. Measure the average throughput for the component carrier(s) indicated in table 7.4A.3.4.2-1 for duration
sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
3GPP
Release 17 1203 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3 with parameters specified in Table 7.4A.3.5-1 and Table 7.4A.3.5-2
as applicable.
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.2-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.3 or A.3.3.3 for 64 QAM.
NOTE 3: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.4 or A.3.3.4 for 256 QAM.
NOTE 4: TT for each frequency is specified in Table 7.4A.3.5-3 for each CC.
3GPP
Release 17 1204 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.4A.3.5-2: Maximum input level for 4DL CA (Intra-band non-contiguous, Inter-band), per CC
TT TT TT TT
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.2-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c as defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.3 or A.3.3.3 for 64 QAM.
NOTE 3: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2.4 or A.3.3.4 for 256 QAM.
NOTE 4: TT for each frequency is specified in Table 7.4A.3.5-3 for each CC.
Maximum input level tests the ability of UE that supports UL MIMO to receive data with a given average throughput
for a specified reference measurement channel, under conditions of high signal level, ideal propagation and no added
noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area near to an e-
NodeB.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing, the minimum requirements
specified in sub-clause 7.4 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1. For UL
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.4D and 7.4.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.4D.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 and Annex A.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1205 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Normal
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Mid range
subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Lowest, Mid, Highest
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Modulation RB allocation Modulation RB allocation
CP-OFDM 64 QAM NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 2
CP-OFDM 256 QAM NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 2
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of downlink RB allocation is defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: The specific configuration of uplink RB allocation is defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A Figure A.3.1.1.2 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.4D.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.4D.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.4D.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The PDCCH DCI format 0_1 is specified with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO in 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined in Table 7.4D.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to
the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the
Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target
power level in Table 7.4D.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.2
3GPP
Release 17 1206 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 and A3.3 with parameters specified in Table 7.4D.5-1.
Adjacent channel selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an NR signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of the
assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter
attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).
The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirements specified in Table 7.5.3-1 for NR bands with F DL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz and the minimum requirements specified in Table 7.5.3-2. for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz. These requirements apply for all values of an adjacent channel interferer up to -25 dBm and for
any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal. However, it is not possible to directly measure the
ACS; instead the lower and upper range of test parameters are chosen as in Table 7.5.3-3 and Table 7.5.3-4 for
verification of the requirements specified in Table 7.5.3-1 and as in Table 7.5.3-5, and Table 7.5.3-6 for verification of
the requirements specified in Table 7.5.3-2. For these test parameters, the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3(with one
3GPP
Release 17 1207 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5). For operating bands with
an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.
Table 7.5.3-1: ACS for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
Table 7.5.3-2: ACS for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.5.3-3: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1208 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5.3-4: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 2
Table 7.5.3-5: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5.3-6: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 2
3GPP
Release 17 1209 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.5.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2
and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 3)
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
NOTE 4: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test
frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.5.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5.4.1-1. Since the UL has no payload and no loopback data to send
the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-2 or Table 7.5.5-5 as appropriate (Case 1).
Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power
3GPP
Release 17 1210 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink
power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.5.5-2 or Table 7.5.5-5 for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified in Table F.1.3-1.
4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-2 or Table 7.5.5-5 as appropriate (Case 1)
and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.
6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 4.
7. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-3 or Table 7.5.5-6 as appropriate (Case 2).
Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power
measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink
power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.5.5-3 or Table 7.5.5-6 for at least the
duration of the Throughput measurement, where MU and Uplink power control window size are defined above.
8. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5.5-3 or Table 7.5.5-6 as appropriate (Case 2)
and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
9. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.
10. Repeat steps from 7 to 9, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 8.
11. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
For NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2,
A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5.5-2 and 7.5.5-3.
Table 7.5.5-1: ACS for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1211 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5.5-2: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5.5-3: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 2
For NR bands with FDL_high ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_high ≥3300 MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in [Annexes A.2.2,
A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1)] with parameters specified in Tables 7.5.5-5 and 7.5.5-6.
Table 7.5.5-4: ACS for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1212 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5.5-5: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5.5-6: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 2
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.0.1-2, 7.5A.0.1-2a,
7.5A.0.1-3 and 7.5A.0.1-3a.
3GPP
Release 17 1213 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.0.1-1: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
CA Bandwidth Class
Rx
Units B C D
Parameter
ACS dB 26.0 33.0 25.2
Table 7.5A.0.1-1a: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
CA Bandwidth Class
Rx
Units B C
Parameter
ACS dB 20.0 17.0
Table 7.5A.0.1-2: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5A.0.1-2a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low<2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1214 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.0.1-3: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, case 2
Table 7.5A.0.1-3a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low <2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 2
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz with one uplink
carrier and two or more downlink sub-blocks, each larger than or equal to 5 MHz, the adjacent channel selectivity
requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1. For this uplink
configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block as specified in subclauses 7.5.3 and 7.5A.0.1 for
3GPP
Release 17 1215 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
one component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block, respectively. The UE shall fulfil the minimum
requirements all values of a single adjacent channel interferer in-gap and out-of-gap up to a –25 dBm interferer power
while all downlink carriers are active. For the lower range of test parameters (Case 1), the interferer power P interferer shall
be set to the maximum of the levels given by the carriers of the respective sub-blocks as specified in Table 7.5.3-3 and
Table 7.5A.0.1-2 for one component carrier and two component carriers per sub-block, respectively. The wanted signal
power levels for the carriers of each sub-block shall then be adjusted relative to P interferer in accordance with the ACS
requirement for each sub-block (Table 7.5.3-1 and Table 7.5A.0.1-1). For the upper range of test parameters (Case 2)
for which the interferer power Pinterferer is -25 dBm (Table 7.5.3 and Table 7.5A.0.1-3) the wanted signal power levels
for the carriers of each sub-block shall be adjusted relative to Pinterferer like for Case 1.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
Adjacent channel selectivity for 2DL CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted 2DL carrier aggregated at its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre
frequency of the assigned channel.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 2DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configuration specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1, Table 7.5A.1.4.1-2 or Table
7.5A.1.4.1-3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1216 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same
NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS NOTE 1, NOTE 3
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA NOTE 4
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test
frequencies.
NOTE 4: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same
NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
3GPP
Release 17 1217 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS NOTE 1
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as NOTE 1, NOTE 3
specified in Table 5.5A.2-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same
NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1, Table 7.5A.1.4.1-2 or
Table 7.5A.1.4.1-3.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release on according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message content are defined in clause 7.5A.1.4.3.
1.1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
1.2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.1.1. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.1.4.3.
1.3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10).
Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
1.4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
1.5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.1.4.1-1. Since the UL has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
1.6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 or
7.5A.1.5-2a as appropriate (Case 1). Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step
size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.5A.1.5-2 or Table 7.5A.1.5-2a for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
3GPP
Release 17 1218 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in
TS 38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
1.7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-2 or 7.5A.1.5-2a as appropriate
(Case 1) and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex
D.
1.8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve
statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
1.9. Repeat steps from 1.6 to 1.8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 1.7.
1.10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 or
7.5A.1.5-3a as appropriate (Case 2). Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step
size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.5A.1.5-3 or Table 7.5A.1.5-3a for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where MU and
Uplink power control window size are defined above.
1.11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-3 or 7.5A.1.5-3a as appropriate
(Case 2) and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex
D.
1.12. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve
statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
1.13. Repeat steps from 1.10 to 1.12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step
1.11.
1.14. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case
2.
2. Inter-band CA test:
2.1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2.2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.1.1. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.1.4.3.
2.3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10).
Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
2.4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
Table 7.5A.1.4.1-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2.5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.1.4.1-2. Since the UL has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2.6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-5 or
7.5A.1.5-8 as appropriate (Case 1). Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step
size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.5A.1.5-5 or Table 7.5A.1.5-8 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in
3GPP
Release 17 1219 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
TS 38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
2.7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-5 or 7.5A.1.5-8 as appropriate
(Case 1) and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex
D.
2.8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance
according to Annex H.2A.
2.9. Repeat steps from 2.6 to 2.8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 2.7.
2.10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-6 or
7.5A.1.5-9 as appropriate (Case 2). Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step
size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.5A.1.5-6 or Table 7.5A.1.5-9 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where MU and
Uplink power control window size are defined above.
2.11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-6 or 7.5A.1.5-9 as appropriate
(Case 2) and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex
D.
2.12. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance
according to Annex H.2A.
2.13. Repeat steps from 2.10 to 2.12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step
2.11.
2.14. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case
2.
2.15. Repeat steps from 2.1 to 2.14 setting the original PCell as SCell and the original SCell as PCell in the
corresponding CA configuration, except for operating bands without uplink band.
3.1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
3.2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.1.1. Message contents are defined in
clause 7.5A.1.4.3.
3.3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10).
Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
3.4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
Table 7.5A.1.4.1-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
3.5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.1.4.1-3. Since the UL has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3.6. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-11 or
7.5A.1.5-14 as appropriate (Case 1). Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step
size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.5A.1.5-11 or Table 7.5A.1.5-14 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in
TS 38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1220 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3.7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-11 or 7.5A.1.5-14 as
appropriate (Case 1) and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as
defined in Annex D.
3.8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance
according to Annex H.2A.
3.9. Repeat steps from 3.6 to 3.8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3.7.
3.10. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-12 or
7.5A.1.5-15 as appropriate (Case 2). Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step
size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.5A.1.5-6 or Table 7.5A.1.5-9 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where MU and
Uplink power control window size are defined above.
3.11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.1.5-12 or 7.5A.1.5-15 as
appropriate (Case 2) and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as
defined in Annex D.
3.12. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance
according to Annex H.2A.
3.13. Repeat steps from 3.10 to 3.12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step
3.11.
3.14. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case
2.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.1.5-2, 7.5A.1.5-2a, 7.5A.1.5-3 and
7.5A.1.5-3a.
Table 7.5A.1.5-1: ACS for intra-band contiguous 2DL CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
CA Bandwidth Class
Rx Parameter Units B C
ACS dB 26.0 33.0
Table 7.5A.1.5-1a: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
CA Bandwidth Class
Rx
Units B C
Parameter
ACS dB 20.0 17.0
3GPP
Release 17 1221 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-2: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous 2DL CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low
≥ 3300 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5A.1.5-2a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low<2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5A.1.5-3: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous 2DL CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low
≥ 3300 MHz, case 2
3GPP
Release 17 1222 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-3a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low <2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 2
For NR SCC of inter-band CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the throughput measurement derived
in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
[Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1)] with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.1.5-5 and 7.5A.1.5-6.
Table 7.5A.1.5-4: ACS for NR band with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1223 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-5: Test parameters for NR inter-band CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz, case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1224 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-6: Test parameters for NR inter-band CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz, case 2
BWinterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 42.5
from SCC) / / / / /
-17.5 -22.5 -27.5 -32.5 -42.5
RX parameter Units Channel bandwidth
90 MHz 100 MHz
Pw in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth -44 -43.5
Configuration,
per CC
Pinterferer dBm -25
BWinterferer MHz 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 47.5 52.5
from SCC) / /
-47.5 -52.5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: The absolute value of the interferer offset Finterferer (offset) shall be further adjusted to
( ⌈|F interferer|/ SCS ⌉+0 .5 ) SCS MHz with SCS the sub-carrier spacing of the wanted signal in MHz.
The interferer is an NR signal with an SCS equal to that of the wanted signal.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the RMC specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
For NR SCC of inter-band CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, the throughput measurement derived
in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
[Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1)] with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.1.5-8 and 7.5A.1.5-9.
Table 7.5A.1.5-7: ACS for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1225 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-8: Test parameters for NR inter-band CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz,
case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1226 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-9: Test parameters for NR inter-band CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz,
case 2
For NR SCC of intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the throughput
measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.1.5-11 and 7.5A.1.5-
12.
Table 7.5A.1.5-10: ACS for NR band with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1227 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-11: Test parameters for NR intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1228 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-12: Test parameters for NR intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 2
BWinterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 42.5
from SCC) / / / / /
-17.5 -22.5 -27.5 -32.5 -42.5
RX parameter Units Channel bandwidth
90 MHz 100 MHz
Pw in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth -44 -43.5
Configuration,
per CC
Pinterferer dBm -25
BWinterferer MHz 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 47.5 52.5
from SCC) / /
-47.5 -52.5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: The absolute value of the interferer offset Finterferer (offset) shall be further adjusted to
( ⌈|F interferer|/ SCS ⌉+0 .5 ) SCS MHz with SCS the sub-carrier spacing of the wanted signal in MHz.
The interferer is an NR signal with an SCS equal to that of the wanted signal.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the RMC specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
For NR SCC of intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, the throughput
measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.1.5-14 and 7.5A.1.5-
15.
Table 7.5A.1.5-13: ACS for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1229 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-14: Test parameters for NR intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1230 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.1.5-15: Test parameters for NR intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 2
Adjacent channel selectivity for 3DL CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted 3DL carrier aggregated at its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre
frequency of the assigned channel.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 3DL CA.
3GPP
Release 17 1231 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Intra-band contiguous: Mid range for PCC and SCCs
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Inter-band CA: NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Inter-band + Intra-band contiguous : NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Inter-band + Intra-band non-contiguous : NOTE 1 with Wgap for intra-
band non-contiguous defined in table 7.3A.2.4.1-1(NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) Intra-band contiguous: Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg
as specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, Inter-band: Highest NRB_agg
5.5A.2-1, or tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x Inter-band + Intra-band contiguous : Highest NRB_agg
for the CA Configuration across Inter-band + Intra-band non-contiguous : Highest NRB_agg
bandwidth combination sets NOTE 6
supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5- Lowest for PCC and SCCs
1
Network signalling value NS_01
Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4 for the band with active uplink carrier
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB allocation SCC1 RB SCC2 RB CC PCC RB allocation
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXC-nYA, CA_nYA-nXC, CA_nYA-nXB and CA_nXB-nYA Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nYA Configuration
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for ACS.
NOTE 2: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration.
NOTE 3: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n3A-
n8A, X=1, Y=3, Z=8; Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different bands in
the CA Configuration, e.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1,Y=3; Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X and
Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n1A-n8A, X=1, Y =8
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports connected
and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 6: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.1.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.5A.2.4.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1232 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.5A.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.1.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5A.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UL has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level according to Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 1). Send uplink power
control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test
system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window
size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement,
where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 1) and frequency
below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
8. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.
10. Set the Downlink signal level according to Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 2). Send uplink power
control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test
system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window
size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement,
where MU and Uplink power control window size are defined above.
11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in 7.5A.2.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 2) and frequency below
the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
12. Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.5A.2.4.2-1 for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 11.
14. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.
3GPP
Release 17 1233 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.2.5-2 and 7.5A.2.5-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1234 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.2.5-1: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx
Units B C D
Parameter
ACS dB 26.0 33.0 25.2
Table 7.5A.2.5-1a: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx Parameter Units B C
ACS dB 20.0 17.0
Table 7.5A.2.5-2: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5A.2.5-2a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low<2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 1
3GPP
Release 17 1235 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.2.5-3: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, case 2
Table 7.5A.2.5-3a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low <2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 2
For NR SCC of inter-band and intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the
throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.2.5-5 and
7.5A.2.5-6.
Table 7.5A.2.5-4: ACS for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz (inter-band, intra-
band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1236 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.2.5-5: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 1
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1237 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.2.5-6: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 2
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
BWinterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 42.5
from SCC) / / / / /
-17.5 -22.5 -27.5 -32.5 -42.5
RX parameter Units Channel bandwidth
90 MHz 100 MHz
Pw in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth -44 -43.5
Configuration,
per CC
Pinterferer dBm -25
BWinterferer MHz 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 47.5 52.5
from SCC) / /
-47.5 -52.5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: The absolute value of the interferer offset Finterferer (offset) shall be further adjusted to
( ⌈|F interferer|/ SCS ⌉+0 .5 ) SCS MHz with SCS the sub-carrier spacing of the wanted signal in MHz.
The interferer is an NR signal with an SCS equal to that of the wanted signal.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the RMC specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
For NR SCC of inter-band and intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, the
throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.2.5-8 and
7.5A.2.5-9.
Table 7.5A.2.5-7: ACS for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz (inter-band, intra-
band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1238 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.2.5-8: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 1
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1239 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.2.5-9: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 2
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
Adjacent channel selectivity for 4DL CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted 4DL carrier aggregated at its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre
frequency of the assigned channel.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 4DL CA.
3GPP
Release 17 1240 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Intra-band contiguous: Mid range for PCC and SCCs
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Inter-band CA: NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Inter-band + Intra-band contiguous : NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Inter-band + Intra-band non-contiguous : NOTE 1 with
Wgap for intra-band non-contiguous defined in table
7.3A.3.4.1-1(NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) Intra-band contiguous: Lowest NRB_agg, Highest
as specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2- NRB_agg
1, or tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the Inter-band: Highest NRB_agg
CA Configuration across bandwidth Inter-band + Intra-band contiguous : Highest NRB_agg
combination sets supported by the UE. Inter-band + Intra-band non-contiguous : Highest
NRB_agg
NOTE 6
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest for PCC and SCCs
Network signalling value NS_01
Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4 for the band with active
uplink carrier
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID CC PCC RB SCC1 RB SCC2 RB SCC3 RB CC PCC RB
Mod'n allocation allocation allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXE Configuration (intra-band contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s- NOTE 1
OFDM OFDM
QPSK QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA-nVA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s- NOTE 1
OFDM OFDM
QPSK QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYB-nZA, CA_nXA-nYA-nZB, CA_nXD-nYA, CA_nXC-
nYB, CA_nXC-nYC and CA_nXB-nYB Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s- NOTE 1
OFDM OFDM
QPSK QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZ(2A), CA_nXA-nY(3A) and CA_nX(2A)-nY(2A)
Configuration
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s- NOTE 1
OFDM OFDM
QPSK QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(4A) Configuration intra-band non-contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s- NOTE 1
OFDM OFDM
QPSK QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1. Only
test points verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for ACS.
NOTE 2: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration.
NOTE 3: Inter-band: X,Y,Z,V correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g.
for CA_n1A-n3A-n7A-n28A, X=1, Y=3, Z=7,V=28; Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band:
X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration, E.g. for CA_n3A-n7B-
n28A, X=1,Y=3,z=28; Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to
the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n2A-n66A-n77(2A), X=2,
Y=66,Z=77;
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 5: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test
frequencies.
NOTE 6: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same
NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
3GPP
Release 17 1241 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.1.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.5A.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 on PCC. Since the UL has no payload and no loopback
data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Downlink signal level according to Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 1). Send uplink power
control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test
system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window
size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement,
where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
7. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 1) and frequency
below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
8. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7.
10. Set the Downlink signal level according to Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 2). Send uplink power
control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test
system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window
size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement,
where MU and Uplink power control window size are defined above.
11. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5A.3.4.2-1 as appropriate (Case 2) and frequency
below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
12. Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
13. Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 11.
14. Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths and operating band combinations in both Case 1 and Case 2.
3GPP
Release 17 1242 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.5A.3.5-2, 7.5A.3.5-2a, 7.5A.3.5-3, 7.5A.3.5-
3a.
Table 7.5A.3.5-1: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx
Units B C D
Parameter
ACS dB 26.0 33.0 25.2
Table 7.5A.3.5-1a: ACS for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx Parameter Units B C
ACS dB 20.0 17.0
3GPP
Release 17 1243 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.3.5-2: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5A.3.5-2a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low<2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 1
Table 7.5A.3.5-3: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, case 2
3GPP
Release 17 1244 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Pw in Transmission dBm
-49.5 +
Bandwidth
10log(NRB,c/NRB_a -56.5 -48.7 + 10log(NRB,c/NRB_agg)
Configuration, per
gg)
CC
PInterferer dBm -25 -25 -25
BWInterferer MHz 20 BWchannel CA 50
FInterferer (offset) MHz 10 + Foffset BWchannel CA 25 + Foffset
/ / /
-10 -Foffset -BWchannel CA -25 -Foffset
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table 7.3.2-3 with P CMAX_L,f,c
defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: The absolute value of the interferer offset Finterferer (offset) shall be further adjusted to ( )
⌈|F |/ SCS ⌉+0 .5 SCS
interferer MHz with
SCS the sub-carrier spacing of the carrier closest to the interferer in MHz. The interferer is an NR signal with an SCS equal to
that of the closest carrier.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the RMC specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
Table 7.5A.3.5-3a: Test parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low <2700 MHz and
FUL_low<2700 MHz, case 2
For NR PCC and SCCs of inter-band and intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables
7.5A.3.5-5 and 7.5A.3.5-6.
Table 7.5A.3.5-4: ACS for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz (inter-band, intra-
band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1245 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.3.5-5: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 1
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1246 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.3.5-6: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, case 2
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
BWinterferer MHz 5 5 5 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 42.5
from SCC) / / / / /
-17.5 -22.5 -27.5 -32.5 -42.5
RX parameter Units Channel bandwidth
90 MHz 100 MHz
Pw in dBm
Transmission
Bandwidth -44 -43.5
Configuration,
per CC
Pinterferer dBm -25
BWinterferer MHz 5 5
Finterferer (offset MHz 47.5 52.5
from SCC) / /
-47.5 -52.5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: The absolute value of the interferer offset Finterferer (offset) shall be further adjusted to
( ⌈|F interferer|/ SCS ⌉+0 .5 ) SCS MHz with SCS the sub-carrier spacing of the wanted signal in MHz.
The interferer is an NR signal with an SCS equal to that of the wanted signal.
NOTE 3: The interferer consists of the RMC specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
For NR PCC and SCCs of inter-band and intra-band non-contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300
MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables
7.5A.3.5-8 and 7.5A.3.5-9.
Table 7.5A.3.5-7: ACS for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz (inter-band, intra-
band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1247 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.3.5-8: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 1
(inter-band,intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1248 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.5A.3.5-9: Test parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, case 2
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
Adjacent channel selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an NR signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of the
assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter
attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE(s) with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum
requirements specified in sub-clause 7.5 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1.
For UL MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna
connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.5D and 7.5.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
3GPP
Release 17 1249 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in Table 5.2-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 7.5D.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference
measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 and Annex A.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid and Highest
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2 and
7.3.2.4.1-3 for Downlink and Uplink respectively.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.4 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2.3 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5D.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message content are
defined in clause 7.5D.4.3.
- Step 2: SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5D.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The PDCCH DCI format 0_1 is specified with
condition 2TX_UL_MIMO in 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO
3GPP
Release 17 1250 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
- TP analysis is TBD
Adjacent channel selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an NR signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of the
assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter
attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward that support NR standalone shared spectrum channel
access.
7.5F.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Instead of the general ACS requirements specified in clause 7.5, the UE shall fulfil the minimum requirements specified
in Table 7.5F.1.3-1. These requirements apply for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
For the test parameters specified in Table 7.5F.1.3-2, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
Table 7.5F.1.3-2: Test parameters for shared spectrum channel access bands
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.5F.1.
3GPP
Release 17 1251 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.5F1..4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
FFS
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5F.1.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.5F.1.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format [1_1] for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.5F.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format [0_1] for C_RNTI
to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.5F.1.4.1-1. Since the UL has no payload and no loopback data to
send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5F.1.5-2. Send uplink power control commands
to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within
the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the
target power level in Table 7.5F.1.5-2 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified in Table F.1.3-1.
4. Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.5F.1.5-2 and frequency below the wanted signal,
using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1252 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
For NR bands under test, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with
parameters specified in Tables 7.5F.1.5-2.
Table 7.5F.1.5-2: Test parameters for shared spectrum channel access bands
7.6.1 General
The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response
occurs.
FFS
3GPP
Release 17 1253 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
In band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15 MHz below to 15 MHz
above the UE receive band, with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, or into an immediately adjacent
frequency range up 3CBW below or above the UE receive band, with FDL_low ≥3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, at
which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified measurement channel.
For NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, in-band blocking (IBB) is defined for an unwanted
interfering signal falling into the UE receive band or into the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band. The
throughput of the wanted signal shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL
signal as described in Annex A.5) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.2.3-1 and Table 7.6.2.3-2. The relative
throughput shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal. For operating bands with
an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.
Table 7.6.2.3-1: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high
< 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1254 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6.2.3-2: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
For NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, in-band blocking (IBB) is defined for an unwanted
interfering signal falling into the UE receive band or into an immediately adjacent frequency range up to 3CBW below
or above the UE receive band where CBW is the bandwidth of the wanted signal. The throughput of the wanted signal
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2,
A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.2.3-3 and Table 7.6.2.3-4. The relative throughput
requirement shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
Table 7.6.2.3-3: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300
MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1255 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6.2.3-4: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6.2.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.6.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 3)
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
NOTE 4: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test
frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1256 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.2.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.6.2.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.2.4.1-1. Since the UL has no payload and no loopback data to send
the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to Tables 7.6.2.5-1 and 7.6.2.5-2 or Tables 7.6.2.5-3 and 7.6.2.5-4 as appropriate depending on NR band.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.2.5-1 or 7.6.2.5-3 as appropriate. Send uplink power
control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test
system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window
size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.6.2.5-1 or Table 7.6.2.5-3 for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW.
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.
6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3.
7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 3and 6. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. Interferer frequencies should be chosen starting with an offset nearest to
the centre frequency and sweep outwards towards the band edges. In order to ensure that full range is tested for
interferer frequency, run last test steps at frequency equal to FInterferer range limit defined at the corresponding
band edge.
8. If applicable based on NR band, repeat steps from 3 to 5, using interfering signals in Case 3 at step 3.
9. If applicable based on NR band, repeat steps from 3 to 5, using interfering signals in Case 4 at step 3.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
3GPP
Release 17 1257 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex in Annexes
A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.5-1 and 7.6.2.5-2.
Table 7.6.2.5-1: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz
Table 7.6.2.5-2: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1258 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2 and A.3
with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.5-3 and 7.6.2.5-4.
Table 7.6.2.5-3: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300
MHz
Table 7.6.2.5-4: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling outside a frequency range 15 MHz
below or above the UE receive band, with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, or falling outside a frequency
range up to 3*BWChannel below or from 3*BWChannel above the UE receive band, with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified measurement
channels.
For NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted
CW interfering signal falling outside a frequency range 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band. The throughput
3GPP
Release 17 1259 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
of the wanted signal shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.3-1 and Table 7.6.3.3-2. The relative
throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal. For
operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in
the paired part.
Table 7.6.3.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high <
2700 MHz
Table 7.6.3.3-2: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
step size of ⌊ channel ⌋ MHz with RB the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission
min ( BW / 2 , 5) N
bandwidth configuration, BWChannel is the bandwidth of the frequency channel in MHz and n = 1,2,3 for SCS = 15,30,60
kHz, respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in subclause 7.7 apply.
3GPP
Release 17 1260 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted
CW interfering signal falling outside a frequency range up to 3*BWChannel below or from 3*BWChannel above the UE
receive band, where BWChannel is the channel bandwidth. The throughput of the wanted signal shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3
(with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with
parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.3-3 and Table 7.6.3.3-4. The relative throughput requirement shall be met for any
SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
Table 7.6.3.3-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz
Table 7.6.3.3-4: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
step size of ⌊ channel ⌋ MHz with N RB the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission
min ( BW / 2 , 5)
bandwidth configuration, BWChannel the bandwidth of the frequency channel in MHz and n = 1,2,3 for SCS = 15, 30, 60
kHz, respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in subclause 7.7 apply.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1261 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, and are shown in table 7.6.3.4.1-1. The details of
the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.
The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.3.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 3)
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] Lowest
subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.2 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.3.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6.3.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
Table 7.6.3.5-2 or 7.6.3.5-4. The frequency step size is MHz.
3GPP
Release 17 1262 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.3.5-1 or 7.6.3.5-3. Send uplink power control commands
to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within
the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the
target power level in Table 7.6.3.5-1 or Table 7.6.3.5-3 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement,
where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.
6. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.
7. Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
For NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 and
A.3.3 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.3.5-1 and 7.6.3.5-2.
For NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded
in the final step of test procedure shall not exceed ⌊ ⌋ in each assigned
max { 24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N RB / 6⌉ } / min {⌊ n⋅N RB / 10 ⌋ , 5 }
Table 7.6.3.5-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high <
2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1263 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6.3.5-2: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
For NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure
shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 and
A.3.3 with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.3.5-3 and 7.6.3.5-4.
For NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, the number of spurious response frequencies recorded
in the final step of test procedure shall not exceed ⌊ ⌋ in each assigned
max { 24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N RB / 6⌉ } / min {⌊ n⋅N RB / 10 ⌋ , 5 }
Table 7.6.3.5-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1264 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6.3.5-4: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive a NR signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an unwanted
narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.
The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other NR Node B transmitters exist
(except in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified
in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.4.3-1. For operating bands with an unpaired
DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.
3GPP
Release 17 1265 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
( )
n13, n14, n18,
Fuw (offset
BW Channel
n20, n24, n25, +0.2
n26, n28, n30, SCS= 15 MHz 2 NA
n34, n38, n39, kHz) 4 ⌊ +0.5 ⌋ +0.5 SCS
SCS
n40, n41, n48,
( )
n50, n51, n53, BW Channel
n65, n66, n67, Fuw (offset + BW GB ,Channel
n70, n71, n74, SCS= 30 MHz NA 2
⌊ + 0.5 ⌋+ 0.5 SCS
n75, n76 kHz)4 SCS
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table 7.3.2.3-3 with P CMAX_L,f,c
defined in clause 6.2.4
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.3.2 and A.3.3 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The PREFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.2-1 and Table 7.3.2-2 for two and four antenna ports, respectively.
NOTE 4: Fuw shall be rounded to half of SCS.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6.4.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters
for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, and are shown in table 7.6.4.4.1-1. The details of
the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.
The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid and Highest (NOTE 2)
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] According to CH BW SCS in table 7.6.4.3-1
subclause 4.3.1
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 4: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test
frequencies.
3GPP
Release 17 1266 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.2 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 , and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6.4.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR according to
TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 7.6.4.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.4.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.4.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to
send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
Table 7.6.4.5-1.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6.4.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink
power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power
level in Table 7.6.4.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.2.
6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 and A.3.3 with parameters specified in Table 7.6.4.5-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1267 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
( )
n13, n14, n18,
Fuw (offset
BW Channel
n20, n24, n25, +0.2
n26, n28, n30, SCS= 15 MHz 2 NA
n34, n38, n39, kHz) 4 ⌊ +0.5 ⌋ +0.5 SCS
SCS
n40, n41, n48,
( )
n50, n51, n53, BW Channel
n65, n66, n67, Fuw (offset + BW GB ,Channel
n70, n71, n74, SCS= 30 MHz NA 2
⌊ + 0.5 ⌋+ 0.5 SCS
n75, n76 kHz)4 SCS
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table 7.3.2.3-3 with P CMAX_L,f,c
defined in clause 6.2.4
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.3.2 and A.3.3 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The PREFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.2-1 and Table 7.3.2-2 for two and four antenna ports, respectively.
NOTE 4: Fuw shall be rounded to half of SCS.
Table 7.6A.2.0.1-1: In-band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1268 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.0.1-1a: In-band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700
MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
Table 7.6A.2.0.1-2: In-band blocking for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.2.0.1-2a: In-band blocking for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low
< 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1269 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
accordance with Table 7.3A.0.3.2-1. For this uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-
block as specified in subclause 7.6.2 and in this subclause for one component carrier and two component carriers per
sub-block, respectively. The requirements apply for in-gap and out-of-gap interferers while all downlink carriers are
active.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table 7.6.2.3-
2 and 7.6.2.3-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink operation or an operating band with an
unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements for all downlinks shall be met with the single uplink carrier
active in each band capable of UL operation. The requirements for the component carrier configured in the operating
band without uplink operation are specified in Table 7.6A.2.3-1.
Table 7.6A.2.3-1: In-band blocking parameters for additional NR operating bands for carrier
aggregation with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6A.2.
Inband blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15 MHz below to 15 MHz
above the UE receive band, with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, or into an immediately adjacent
frequency range up 3CBW below or above the UE receive band, with FDL_high ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_high ≥ 3300 MHz, at
which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified measurement channel.
3GPP
Release 17 1270 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 2DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configuration specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in table 7.6A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.2.1.4.1-
3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and
A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2..
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Mid range
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg, NOTE 1, NOTE 3
specified in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested
3GPP
Release 17 1271 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 1, NOTE 3
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA NOTE 1, NOTE 4
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-2. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for in-band blocking.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 4: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 1
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.2-1 for the CA NOTE 1, NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for in-band blocking.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.4.1-2 or
7.6A.2.1.4.1-3.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.6A.2.1.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1272 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.2.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.6A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.2.1.4.1-3 on both SCC and PCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.6A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.2.1.4.1-3 on PCC. Since the
UL has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. For Intra-band contiguous CA: Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the
aggregated component carriers in Case 1 according to Tables 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1 and 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2 or Tables
7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a and 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2a as appropriate depending on NR band.
For Inter-band CA: Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC’s wanted
signal in Case 1 according to Tables 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1 and 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2 or Tables 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a and
7.6A.2.1.5.3-2a as appropriate depending on NR band.
For Intra-band non-contiguous CA: Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the
PCC’s wanted signal in Case 1 according to 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1 and 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2 or Tables 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a and
7.6A.2.1.5.3-2a as appropriate depending on NR bands as appropriate, excluding frequencies where the
interferer centre frequency falls within SCC carrier ±(BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1), where BW & offset refer to SCC.
7. Set the downlink signal level on both carriers according to the table 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a or
7.6A.2.1.5.3-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a as appropriate. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power
step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in table
7.6A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a or 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. For Intra-band contiguous CA: Measure the average throughput of both carriers for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
For Inter-band CA: Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A.
For Intra-band non-contiguous CA: Measure the average throughput of PCC for a duration sufficient to achieve
statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 6.
10. For Intra-band non-contiguous only: Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal below and above the
SCC in Case 1 and measuring SCC instead of PCC in step 8, excluding the frequencies where the interferer
centre frequency falls within PCC carrier ±(BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1), where BW & offset refer to PCC.
11. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.
3GPP
Release 17 1273 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
12. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using interfering signals in Case 3 as applicable at step 6and 9. The ranges of case 3
are covered in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.
13. For Inter-band CA only: Repeat steps from 1 to 12 setting the original PCell as SCell and the original SCell as
PCell in the corresponding CA configuration, except for operating bands without uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a and 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2a. The
test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1: In-band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300
MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a: In-band blocking parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700
MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1274 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2: In-band blocking for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low
≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2a: In-band blocking for intra-band contiguous CA with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and
FUL_low < 2700 MHz
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two or more downlink sub-blocks, each
larger than or equal to 5 MHz, the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in
accordance with Table 7.3A.2.2-1. For this uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each sub-block
as specified in subclause 7.6.2. The requirements apply for in-gap and out-of-gap interferers while all downlink carriers
are active.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1 and 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2.
The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one NR
band, the in-band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band whose
downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements for each component carrier, when operated as SCell,
while all downlink carriers are active.
3GPP
Release 17 1275 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1 and 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2. The
test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1276 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1277 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2a: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2b: In-band blocking parameters for additional NR operating bands for carrier
aggregation with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.2.1.5.3-2 and 7.6A.2.1.5.3-2a is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2-1.
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 3DL CA.
3GPP
Release 17 1278 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configuration specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in table 7.6A.2.2.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.2.4.1-2 or 7.6A.2.2.4.1-
3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and
A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1279 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Intra-band contiguous: Mid range for all CCs
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Inter-band: NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 1, NOTE 5
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 1 with Wgap for
intra-band non-contiguous defined in table 7.3A.2.4.1-1 (NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg, NOTE 1, NOTE 6
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest for PCC and SCCs
Network signalling value NS_01
Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4 for the band with active uplink
carrier
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB allocation SCC1 RB SCC2 RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous CA)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXC-nYA,CA_nYA-nXC, CA_nYA-nXB and CA_nXB-nYA Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nYA Configurations
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
OFDM
QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for in-band blocking testing.
NOTE 2: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration.
NOTE 3: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n3A-
n8A, X=1, Y=3, Z=8; Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different
bands in the CA Configuration, e.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1,Y=3; Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-
band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n1A-
n8A, X=1, Y =8
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 6: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1280 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.2.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.2.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format [1_1] for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables
7.6A.2.2.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.2.4.1-2 or 7.6A.2.2.4.1-3 on both SCC and PCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format [0_1] for C_RNTI
to schedule the UL RMC according to Tables 7.6A.2.2.4.1-1, 7.6A.2.2.4.1-2 or 7.6A.2.2.4.1-3 on PCC. Since the
UL has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Table 7.6A.2.2.4.2-1.
7 Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6A.2.2.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the
Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target
power level in table 7.6A.2.2.4.2-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8 Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6A.2.2.4.2-1 for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
9 Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table
7.6A.2.2.4.2-1 in Case 1 at step 6.
10 Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.
11. Repeat steps 1 to 10 for all component carriers listed in Table 7.6A.2.2.4.2-1.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1281 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
Tables below, according to the type of CA. The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including
Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
3GPP
Release 17 1282 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-1: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high <
2700 MHz (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1283 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-1a: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
7.6A.2.2.5-1b: In-band blocking for additional NR operating bands for carrier aggregation with F DL_high
< 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz (inter-band)
3GPP
Release 17 1284 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-2: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-2a: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1285 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-3: In-band blocking parameters with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz (intra-
band contiguous CA)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-3a: In-band blocking parameters with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz (intra-
band contiguous CA)
Table7.6A.2.2.5-4: In-band blocking with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz (intra-band
contiguous CA)
3GPP
Release 17 1286 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.2.5-4a: In-band blocking with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz (intra-band
contiguous CA)
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.3.2.3-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.2.2.5-1a and Table 7.6A.2.2.5-2a is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.3.2.3-1.
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 4DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configuration specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in table 7.6A.2.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and
downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1287 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in Normal
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS NOTE 1
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting Highest NRB_agg, NOTE 1, NOTE 5
(NRB_agg) as specified in Tables
5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or tables in
clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the
UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table Lowest for PCC and SCCs
5.3.5-1
Network signalling value NS_01
Unless given by Table 7.3.2.3-4 for the band with active uplink carrier
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC1 RB SCC2 RB SCC3 RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocatio allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
n
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXE Configuration (Intra-band contiguous CA)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXC-nYA-ZA and CA_nXB-nYA-ZA Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nYA-ZA Configurations
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nY(2A) Configurations
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous)
1 CP- NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 1
OFDM QPSK
QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1. Only test points
verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements are used for in-band blocking testing.
NOTE 2: CA Configuration Test CC Combination test settings are checked separately for each CA
Configuration.
NOTE 3: Inter-band: X,Y,Z correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n3A-
n8A, X=1, Y=3, Z=8; Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: X,Y correspond to the different
bands in the CA Configuration, e.g. for CA_1C-3A, X=1,Y=3; Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-
band: X and Y correspond to the different bands in the CA Configuration. E.g. for CA_n1A-n1A-
n8A, X=1, Y =8
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1288 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals
according to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.2.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.2.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format [1_1] for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.2.3.4.1-1 on both SCC and PCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format [0_1] for C_RNTI
to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.2.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UL has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Table 7.6A.2.3.4.2-1.
7 Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6A.2.3.4.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the
Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target
power level in table 7.6A.2.2.4.2-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8 Measure the average throughput for the carrier(s) indicated in Table 7.6A.2.3.4.2-1 for duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
9 Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the measured carrier(s) according to Table
7.6A.2.3.4.2-1 in Case 1 at step 6.
10 Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.
11. Repeat steps 1 to 10 for all component carriers listed in Table 7.6A.2.3.4.2-1.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1289 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
7.6A.2.3.5-3
7.6A.2.3.5-3a
32 SCC1, SCC2, SCC3 7.6A.2.3.5-4
7.6A.2.3.5-4a
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
3GPP
Release 17 1290 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
Tables below, according to the type of CA.
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-1: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high <
2700 MHz (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1291 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-1a: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
7.6A.2.3.5-1b: In-band blocking for additional NR operating bands for carrier aggregation with F DL_high
< 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz (inter-band)
3GPP
Release 17 1292 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-2: In-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥
3300 MHz (inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-2a: In-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
(inter-band, intra-band non-contiguous)
3GPP
Release 17 1293 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-3: In-band blocking parameters with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz (intra-
band contiguous CA)
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-3a: In-band blocking parameters with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz (intra-
band contiguous CA)
Table7.6A.2.3.5-4: In-band blocking with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz (intra-band
contiguous CA)
3GPP
Release 17 1294 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.2.3.5-4a: In-band blocking with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz (intra-band
contiguous CA)
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.3.2.3-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.2.3.5-1a and Table 7.6A.2.3.5-2a is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.3.2.3-1.
The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement in presence of an interfering signal specified in Tables 7.6A.3.0.1-1 and
Tables 7.6A.3.0.1-2 being on either side of the aggregated signal. The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3
(with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
3GPP
Release 17 1295 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
min ( ⌊ BW /2 ⌋ , 5)
step size of channel MHz with N RB the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission
bandwidth configuration, BWChannel is the bandwidth of the frequency channel in MHz and n = 1, 2, 3 for SCS = 15, 30,
60 kHz, respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in subclause 7.7A.1 apply.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
For inter-band carrier aggregation with component carriers in operating bands < 2.7GHz including n48, and for FDL_Low(j)
– 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz, the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band blocking requirements in
the respective subclauses 7.5 and 7.6.2 shall be applied for carrier j. For inter-band carrier aggregation with component
carriers in operating bands > 2.7GHz excluding n48, and for FDL_Low(j) – 3* BWChannel ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 3* BWChannel, the
3GPP
Release 17 1296 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band blocking requirements in the respective subclauses 7.5 and 7.6.2
shall be applied for carrier j. FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the
operating band containing carrier j, j = 1,…,X, with carriers numbered in increasing order of carrier frequency and X
the number of component carriers in the band combination. BWChannel denotes the channel bandwidth of the wanted
signal component carrier j. If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB
ranges 1 and 2 overlap, then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two NR bands, the out-of-band blocking requirements
specified in subclause 7.6.3 shall be met with the transmitter power for the uplink set to 7 dB below P CMAX_L,f,c for each
serving cell c.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table 7.6.3.3-
2 and 7.6.3.3-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.0.3-1, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.0.3-2 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL carrier and
the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
CA band combination
CA_n8-n78
CA_n8-n79
CA_n28-n78
exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
step size of ⌊ channel ⌋ MHz with NRB the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission
min ( BW / 2 , 5)
bandwidth configuration, BWChannel the bandwidth of the frequency channel in MHz and n = 1, 2, 3 for SCS = 15, 30, 60
kHz, respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in subclause 7.7 apply.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6A.3.
Out-of-band band blocking for CA is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz or
3*BWChannel_CA below or above the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.
For the first 15 MHz or 3* BWChannel_CA below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or
adjacent channel selectivity in sub-clause 7.5A and sub-clause 7.6A.2 shall be applied.
3GPP
Release 17 1297 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 2DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-
3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3
respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Mid range
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
3GPP
Release 17 1298 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 4
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA NOTE 5
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to table
7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 4: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1 For
NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as NOTE 1, NOTE 3
specified in Table 5.5A.2-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC, NOTE 1
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, Table
7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1299 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.3.1.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.3.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3 on PCC. Since the
UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA Band for intra-band CA, or
below the SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA according to table 7.6A.3.1.5.1-2, 7.6A.3.1.5.3-2 or
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
7.6A.3.1.5.3-4. The frequency step size is MHz.
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2
overlap, then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.3.1.5.3-2 and 7.6A.3.1.5.3-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.1.5.3-5, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.1.5.3-6 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL
carrier and the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
7. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6A.3.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1 or 7.6A.3.1.5.3-3 for both
carriers. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output
power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU +
Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.6A.3.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1 or
7.6A.3.1.5.3-3 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA. Measure the average throughput of both carriers for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A for intra-band CA.
9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.
10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the CA Band for intra-band CA, or above the SCC’s
operating band for inter-band CA at step 6.
11. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 10, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
3GPP
Release 17 1300 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure, the throughput measurement derived
in the test procedure of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels
as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6A.3.1.5.1-1 and 7.6A.3.1.5.1-
2.
The number of spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure shall not exceed
⌊ max {24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N / 6⌉} / min {⌊ n⋅N / 10 ⌋ , 5 } ⌋ in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
RB RB
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A Spurious Response are
applicable.
3GPP
Release 17 1301 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure, the throughput measurement derived
in the test procedure of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels
as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1 and 7.6A.3.1.5.3-
2 for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and Tables 7.6A.3.1.5.3-3 and 7.6A.3.1.5.3-4 for NR
bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz. The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band
including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
The number of spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure shall not exceed
⌊ max {24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N / 6⌉} / min {⌊ n⋅N / 10 ⌋ , 5 } ⌋ in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
RB RB
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A Spurious Response are
applicable.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure, the throughput measurement derived
in the test procedure of SCC shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1 and 7.6A.3.1.5.3-
2 for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and Tables 7.6A.3.1.5.3-3 and 7.6A.3.1.5.3-4 for NR
bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz. The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band
including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
3GPP
Release 17 1302 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The number of spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure shall not exceed
⌊ max {24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N / 6⌉} / min {⌊ n⋅N / 10 ⌋ , 5 } ⌋ in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
RB RB
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A Spurious Response are
applicable.
Table 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
transmission dB 6 6 7 9 10
bandwidth
configuration
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz 60 MHz 80 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
transmission dB 11 12 13 14 15
bandwidth
configuration
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
90 MHz 100 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel
transmission bandwidth specific value
bandwidth below
configuration dB 15.5 16
NOTE: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
Table 7.6A.3.1.5.3-2: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1303 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.3.1.5.3-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low
≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.3.1.5.3-4: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2 overlap,
then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.3.1.5.3-2 and 7.6A.3.1.5.3-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.1.5.3-5, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.1.5.3-6 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL carrier and
the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
CA band combination
CA_n8-n78
CA_n8-n79
CA_n28-n78
3GPP
Release 17 1304 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Out-of-band band blocking for CA is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz or
3*BWChannel_CA below or above the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.
For the first 15 MHz or 3*BWChannel_CA below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent
channel selectivity in sub-clause 7.5A and sub-clause 7.6A.2 shall be applied.
The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 3DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.6A.3.2.4.1-1 or 7.6A.3.2.4.1-2. The details
of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively.
The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before
measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1305 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508- Mid range
1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508- Inter-band : NOTE 5
1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 5
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Max WGap for Intra-
band non-contiguous NOTE 5
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or NOTE 3
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6A.3.2.4.1-1 or Table
7.6A.3.2.4.1-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1306 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.3.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.3.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.3.2.4.1-1 or 7.6A.3.2.4.1-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL
RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.3.2.4.1-1 or 7.6A.3.2.4.1-2 on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA Band for intra-band CA, or
below each SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA according to Table 7.6A.3.2.5.1-2, 7.6A.3.2.5.2-2 or
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
7.6A.3.2.5.2-4. The frequency step size is MHz.
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2
overlap, then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.3.2.5.2-2 and 7.6A.3.2.5.2-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1. Use the
highest RIB,c among CA bands for Pinterferer calculation.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.2.5.2-5, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.2.5.2-6 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL
carrier and the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
7. Set the downlink signal level according to Table 7.6A.3.2.5.1-1, 7.6A.3.2.5.2-1 or 7.6A.3.2.5.2-3 for all carriers.
Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power
measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink
power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.6A.3.2.5.1-1, 7.6A.3.2.5.2-1 or 7.6A.3.2.5.2-
3 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCCs simultaneously for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A for inter-band CA. Measure the average throughput of all carriers
simultaneously for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A for intra-
band CA.
9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements and for each frequency, the
carriers for which the throughput was not met.
10. Repeat steps 6 to 8 for each recorded frequency-carrier pair, with exception of pairs for which RIB,c is the same
as RIB used in Step 6. In Step 6 use only recorded frequencies for interferer placement and use RIB,c relevant to
3GPP
Release 17 1307 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
recorded carrier for Pinterferer calculation. Remove the frequency-carrier pairs that meet the throughput
requirements from the record.
11. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using an interfering signal above the CA Band for intra-band CA, or above each
SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA at step 6.
12. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 11, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure, the throughput measurement derived
in the test procedure of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels
as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6A.3.2.5.1-1 and 7.6A.3.2.5.1-
2.
The number of spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 of test procedure shall not exceed
⌊ max {24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N / 6⌉} / min {⌊ n⋅N / 10 ⌋ , 5 } ⌋ in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
RB RB
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A Spurious Response are
applicable.
3GPP
Release 17 1308 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 and step 10 of test procedure, the throughput
measurement derived in the test procedure of SCCs shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables
7.6A.3.2.5.2-1 and 7.6A.3.2.5.2-2 for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and Tables
7.6A.3.2.5.2-3 and 7.6A.3.2.5.2-4 for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz. The test requirement
of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA operating bands with
Band n90 replacing Band n41.
The number of spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 and step 10 of test procedure shall not exceed
⌊ max {24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N / 6⌉} / min {⌊ n⋅N / 10 ⌋ , 5 } ⌋ in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
RB RB
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A Spurious Response are
applicable.
3GPP
Release 17 1309 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.3.2.5.2-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
transmission dB 6 6 7 9 10
bandwidth
configuration
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz 60 MHz 80 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
transmission dB 11 12 13 14 15
bandwidth
configuration
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
90 MHz 100 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel
transmission bandwidth specific value
bandwidth below
configuration dB 15.5 16
NOTE: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
Table 7.6A.3.2.5.2-2: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1310 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.3.2.5.2-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low
≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.3.2.5.2-4: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2 overlap,
then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.3.5.1.3-5, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.3.2.5.2-2 and 7.6A.3.2.5.2-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.3.5.1.3-1.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.2.5.2-5, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.2.5.2-6 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL carrier and
the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
CA band combination
CA_n8-n78
CA_n8-n79
CA_n28-n78
3GPP
Release 17 1311 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Out-of-band band blocking for CA is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz or
3*BWChannel_CA below or above the UE receive band, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.
For the first 15 MHz or 3*BWChannel_CA below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or adjacent
channel selectivity in sub-clause 7.5A and sub-clause 7.6A.2 shall be applied.
The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 4DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.6A.3.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and
downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the
OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1312 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Inter-band : NOTE 5
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 5
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: MaxWGap for Intra-band
non-contiguous (NOTE 5)
Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous: MaxWGap
for Intra-band non-contiguous (NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, NOTE 3
or tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth
combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6A.3.3.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.3.3.4.3.
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.3.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.3.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.3.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3GPP
Release 17 1313 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below each SCC’s operating band for
inter-band CA according to Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-2 or 7.6A.3.3.5.1-4. The frequency step size is
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz.
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2
overlap, then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.3.3.5.1-2 and 7.6A.3.3.5.1-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1. Use the
highest RIB,c among CA bands for Pinterferer calculation.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-5, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.3.5.1-6 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL
carrier and the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
7. Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-1, or 7.6A.3.3.5.1-3 for all carriers. Send
uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power
measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink
power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-1, or 7.6A.3.3.5.1-3 for at least
the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCCs simultaneously for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2A for inter-band CA.
9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements and for each frequency, the
carriers for which the throughput was not met.
10. Repeat steps 6 to 8 for each recorded frequency-carrier pair, with exception of pairs for which RIB,c is the same
as RIB used in Step 6. In Step 6 use only recorded frequencies for interferer placement and use RIB,c relevant to
recorded carrier for Pinterferer calculation. Remove the frequency-carrier pairs that meet the throughput
requirements from the record.
11. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using an interfering signal above each SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA at step
6.
12. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 11, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
Except for the spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 and step 10 of test procedure, the throughput
measurement derived in the test procedure of SCCs shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables
3GPP
Release 17 1314 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
7.6A.3.3.5.1-1 and 7.6A.3.3.5.1-2 for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and Tables
7.6A.3.3.5.1-3 and 7.6A.3.3.5.1-4 for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz. The test requirement
of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA operating bands with
Band n90 replacing Band n41.
The number of spurious response frequencies recorded in step 9 and step 10 of test procedure shall not exceed
⌊ max {24 ,6⋅⌈ n⋅N / 6⌉} / min {⌊ n⋅N / 10 ⌋ , 5 } ⌋ in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
RB RB
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
MHz step size. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7A Spurious Response are
applicable.
Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
transmission dB 6 6 7 9 10
bandwidth
configuration
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
30 MHz 40 MHz 50 MHz 60 MHz 80 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
transmission dB 11 12 13 14 15
bandwidth
configuration
Channel bandwidth
RX parameter Units
90 MHz 100 MHz
Power in dBm REFSENS + channel
transmission bandwidth specific value
bandwidth below
configuration dB 15.5 16
NOTE: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in
Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-2: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1315 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low
≥ 3300 MHz
Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-4: Out of-band blocking for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2 overlap,
then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.3.5.1.3-5, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.6A.3.3.5.1-2 and 7.6A.3.3.5.1-4 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.3.5.1.3-1.
For inter-band CA combination listed in Table 7.6A.3.3.5.1-5, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table
7.6A.3.3.5.1-6 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the lower frequency band UL carrier and
the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the higher frequency band DL carrier.
CA band combination
CA_n8-n78
CA_n8-n79
CA_n28-n78
3GPP
Release 17 1316 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NR NR CA bandwidth class
Parameter Unit
band B C
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + NA CA Bandwidth REFSENS + NA CA Bandwidth Class
Bandwidth dBm Class specific value below specific value below
n41, Configuration, per CC 16 16
n66,
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55
n48,
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2
n71 Fuw (offset forf = 15
MHz / /
kHz, 30 kHz)
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.3.2 and A3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The PREFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.2.3-1 and Table 7.3.2.3-2 for two and four antenna
ports, respectively.
NOTE 4: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
⌊ F interferer /0 . 015 + 0. 5 ⌋ 0 . 015+0 .0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
3GPP
Release 17 1317 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table 7.6.4.3-1
is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6A.4.
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an NR signal at its assigned CA channel frequencies in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.
The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 2DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.6A.4.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.4.1.4.1-2 or
7.6A.4.1.4.1-3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in
Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations
of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1318 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Mid range
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 4
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA NOTE 5
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 4: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
3GPP
Release 17 1319 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 1
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.2-1 for the CA NOTE 1, NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6A.4.1.4.1-1, Table
7.6A.4.1.4.1-2 or Table 7.6A.4.1.4.1-3.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.4.1.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.4.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.4.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.4.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.4.1.4.1-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.4.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.4.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.4.1.4.1-3 on PCC. Since the
UE has no payload and no loopback data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA Band for intra-band CA, or
below the SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA according to Table 7.6A.4.1.5.1-1 or 7.6A.4.1.5.3-1. For the
UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table
7.6A.4.1.5.3-1is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
7. Set the downlink signal level for both carriers according to 7.6A.4.1.5.1-1 or 7.6A.1.4.5.3-1. Send uplink power
control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test
3GPP
Release 17 1320 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window
size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.6A.4.1.5.1-1 or 7.6A.1.4.5.3-1 for at least the duration of the
Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA. Measure the average throughput of both carriers for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A for intra-band CA.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the CA Band for intra-band CA, and between PCC’s
and SCC’s wanted signal for intra-band non-contiguous CA, or above the SCC’s operating band for inter-band
CA at step 6.
10. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 9, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-
signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6A.4.1.5.1-1.
NR NR CA bandwidth class
Parameter Unit
band B C
Pw in Transmission REFSENS + NA CA Bandwidth REFSENS + NA CA Bandwidth Class
Bandwidth dBm Class specific value below specific value below
n41, Configuration, per CC 16 16
n48,
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55
n66,
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2
n71 Fuw (offset forf = 15
MHz / /
kHz, 30 kHz)
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.3.2 and A3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The PREFSENS power level is specified in Table 7.3.2.3-1 and Table 7.3.2.3-2 for two and four antenna
ports, respectively.
NOTE 4: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer
and the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
⌊ F interferer /0 . 015 + 0. 5 ⌋ 0 . 015+0 .0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 5: The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the
corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
3GPP
Release 17 1321 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with FDL_low < 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz with one uplink
carrier and two downlink carriers, the narrow band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in
accordance with Table 7.3A.0.2.2-1. The UE shall meet the requirements for each carrier as specified in subclause 7.6.4
for each component carrier respectively. The requirements apply for in-gap and out-of-gap interferers while all
downlink carriers are active.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6A.4.1.5.3-1. The test
requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the corresponding CA
operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one NR
band, the narrow band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested, i.e. the requirements are tested only for the SCell downlink.
The throughput of each carrier, when operated as SCC, shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table
7.6A.4.1.5.3-1. The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the
corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table
7.6A.4.1.5.3-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1322 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an NR signal at its assigned CA channel frequencies in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.
The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 3DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.6A.4.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and
downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the
OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Inter-band : NOTE 5
[5] subclause 4.3.1 Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 5
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: MaxWGap for Intra-
band non-contiguous (NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or NOTE 3
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: Void.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1323 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6A.4.2.4.1-1 or Table
7.6A.4.2.4.1-2.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.4.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.4.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.4.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.4.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below each SCC’s operating band for
inter-band CA according to Table 7.6A.4.2.5.1-1. For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in
Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table 7.6A.4.2.5.1-1is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in
Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
7. Set the downlink signal level for all carriers according to Table 7.6A.4.2.5.1-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system
is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB
of the target power level in Table 7.6A.4.2.5.1-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCCs for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above each SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA at step
6.
10. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell as per corresponding test IDs defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1 and
repeat steps 1 to 9, except for operating bands without uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
3GPP
Release 17 1324 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one NR
band, the narrow band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested, i.e. the requirements are tested only for the SCell downlink.
The throughput of each carrier, when operated as SCC, shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table
7.6A.4.2.5.1-1. The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the
corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table
7.6A.4.2.5.1-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
Verifies a receiver's ability to receive an NR signal at its assigned CA channel frequencies in the presence of an
unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.
The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other e-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 4DL CA.
3GPP
Release 17 1325 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.6A.4.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and
downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the
OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Inter-band : NOTE 5
[5] subclause 4.3.1 Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 5
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: MaxWGap for Intra-
band non-contiguous (NOTE 5)
Intra-band non-contiguous + Intra-band non-contiguous:
MaxWGap for Intra-band non-contiguous (NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or NOTE 3
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: Void.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.6A.4.3.4.1-1 or Table
7.6A.4.3.4.1-2.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.6A.4.3.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1326 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.4.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6A.4.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6A.4.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below each SCC’s operating band for
inter-band CA according to Table 7.6A.4.3.5.1-1. For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in
Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table 7.6A.4.3.5.1-1is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in
Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
7. Set the downlink signal level for all carriers according to Table 7.6A.4.3.5.1-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system
is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB
of the target power level in Table 7.6A.4.3.5.1-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCCs for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above each SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA at step
6.
10. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell as per corresponding test IDs defined in Table 7.3A.3.4.1-1 and
repeat steps 1 to 9, except for operating bands without uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one NR
band, the narrow band blocking requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested, i.e. the requirements are tested only for the SCell downlink.
The throughput of each carrier, when operated as SCC, shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table
3GPP
Release 17 1327 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
7.6A.4.3.5.1-1. The test requirement of configurations for CA operating band including Band n41 also apply for the
corresponding CA operating bands with Band n90 replacing Band n41.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, PUW power defined in Table
7.6A.4.3.5.1-1 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support SUL operating on the SUL bands.
For SUL operation, the in-band blocking requirement for downlink bands specified in clause 7.6.2.3 shall be met.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.6C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1328 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range for both SUL carrier and Non-SUL carrier
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest for Non-SUL carrier
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 For SUL band:
n80: 30 MHz
n81: 20 MHz
n82: 20 MHz
n83: 20 MHz
n84: 20 MHz
n86: 40 MHz
n95: 15 MHz
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 15kHz for SUL carrier and lowest SCS for Non-SUL
carrier
Test Parameters
Test ID DL Configuration UL Configuration SUL Configuration
Mod'n RB N/A Mod'n RB allocation
allocation
1 CP-OFDM Full RB DFT-s-OFDM REFSENS (NOTE
QPSK (NOTE 1) QPSK 1)
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of SUL and DL are defined in Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each SUL band combination, the
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.5C-1.
NOTE 3: DFT-s-OFDM PI/2 BPSK test applies only for UEs which supports half Pi BPSK in FR1.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.8 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
- The parameter setting for the cell are set up according to the TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
- Downlink signals are initially setup according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annex
G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.0 with consideration of supplementary uplink physical channels.
Message contents in initial conditions are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2 ensuring UL/SUL
indicator in Table 4.3.6.1.1.2-1 with condition SUL, subclause 4.6 ensuring Tables 4.6.1-28 with condition SUL AND
(RF OR RRM), 4.6.3-14 with condition SUL_SUL for SUL carrier, and Table 4.6.3-167 with condition
PUSCH_PUCCH_ON_SUL, additionally the following exception shown in Table 7.6C.2.4-2 is considered.
Same test requirement specified in clause 7.6.2.5 for downlink bands shall be met for in-band blocking testing for SUL.
3GPP
Release 17 1329 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support SUL operating on the SUL bands and intra-
band contiguous 2DL CA.
For SUL operation with downlink CA, the in-band blocking requirement for downlink bands specified in clause
7.6A.2.0 shall be met.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.6C.2.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configuration specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each SUL configuration, are shown in Table 7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-1 for SUL with intra-band
contiguous DL CA or Table 7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-2 for SUL with inter-band DL CA. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH
before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-1: Test configuration table for SUL configuration with Intra-band contiguous CA
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range for both SUL carrier and Non-SUL carrier
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as Highest NRB_agg for downlink bands
specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] For SUL band:
subclause 4.3.1 n80: 30 MHz
n81: 20 MHz
n82: 20 MHz
n83: 20 MHz
n84: 20 MHz
n86: 40 MHz
n95: 15 MHz
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5- 15kHz for SUL carrier and lowest for Non-SUL carrier
1
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink SUL Configuration
Configuratio
n
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocatio Mod'n allocation
n N/A
1 CP-OFDM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 2
QPSK QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific downlink configuration is defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: The specific SUL configuration is defined in Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1a.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
For SUL configuration with inter-band DL CA: No testing need to be performed since the testing has been covered
in test case 7.6.2 and 7.6C.2. For band combination CA_nX_SUL_nY-nZ, test the inband blocking of SUL
configuration or NR band as listed in Table 7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1330 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Band configuration Verifying in-band blocking of Subtest case Table with test
SUL configurations/ NR band parameters to select
SUL_n78-n80 7.6C.2 Table 7.6C.2.4-1
CA_n1A_SUL_n78A-n80A
n1 7.6.2 Table 7.6.2.4.1-1
SUL_n78-n84 7.6C.2 Table 7.6C.2.4-1
CA_n1A_SUL_n78A-n84A
n1 7.6.2 Table 7.6.2.4.1-1
SUL_n78-n80 7.6C.2 Table 7.6C.2.4-1
CA_n3A_SUL_n78A-n80A
n3 7.6.2 Table 7.6.2.4.1-1
CA_n28A_SUL_n41A- SUL_n41-n83 7.6C.2 Table 7.6C.2.4-1
n83A n28 7.6.2 Table 7.6.2.4.1-1
CA_n28A_SUL_n79A- SUL_n79A-n83A 7.6C.2 Table 7.6C.2.4-1
n83A n28 7.6.2 Table 7.6.2.4.1-1
- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.10 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
- The parameter setting for the cell are set up according to the TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
- Downlink signals are initially setup according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annex
G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.0 with consideration of supplementary uplink physical channels.
Message contents in initial conditions are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2 ensuring UL/SUL
indicator in Table 4.3.6.1.1.2-1 with condition SUL, subclause 4.6 ensuring Tables 4.6.1-28 with condition SUL AND
(RF OR RRM), 4.6.3-14 with condition SUL_SUL for SUL carrier, and Table 4.6.3-167 with condition
PUSCH_PUCCH_ON_SUL, additionally the following exception shown in Table7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-3 is considered.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6C.2_1.1.4.1.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-1 on both SCC and PCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-1 on SUL. Since the UL has no payload and no
loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the aggregated component carriers in
Case 1 according to Tables 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1 and 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2 or Tables 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a and 7.6A.2.1.5.1-2a as
appropriate depending on NR band.
7. Set the downlink signal level on both carriers according to the Table 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a or
7.6A.2.1.5.3-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a as appropriate. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power
step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control
window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.6A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.1-1a or 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1, 7.6A.2.1.5.3-1a for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
3GPP
Release 17 1331 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of both carriers for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance
according to Annex H.2A.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 6.
10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at step 6 and 9. The ranges of case 2 are covered in
steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.
12. Repeat steps from 6 to 10, using interfering signals in Case 3 as applicable at step 6and 9. The ranges of case 3
are covered in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Same test requirement specified in 7.6A.2.1.5.1 shall be met for downlink bands for SUL configuration with intra-band
contiguous DL CA.
Same test requirement specified in clause 7.6C.2.5 or 7.6.2.5 for each band or band combinations listed in Table
7.6C.2_1.1.4.1-2 shall be met for inband blocking testing for SUL configuration with inter-band DL CA.
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support SUL operating on the SUL bands.
For SUL operation, the out-of-band blocking requirement for downlink bands specified in clause 7.6.3 shall be met. For
operation band combination listed in Table 7.6C.3.3-1, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table 7.6C.3.3-2 are
allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the SUL carrier and the CW interfering signal fully or
partially overlaps with the DL carrier.
3GPP
Release 17 1332 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
step size of min ( ⌊ CBW /2 ⌋ , 5) MHz with NRB the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth
configuration, CBW the bandwidth of the frequency channel in MHz and n = 1, 2, 3 for SCS = 15, 30, 60 kHz,
respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in clause 7.7 apply.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.6C.3.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range for SUL carrier
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
for Non-SUL carrier
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest for Non-SUL carrier
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 For SUL band:
n80: 30 MHz
n81: 20 MHz
n82: 20 MHz
n83: 20 MHz
n84: 20 MHz
n86: 40 MHz
n95: 15 MHz
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 15kHz for SUL carrier and lowest for Non-SUL carrier
Test Parameters
Test ID DL Configuration UL Configuration SUL Configuration
Mod'n RB N/A Mod'n RB allocation
allocation
1 CP-OFDM Full RB DFT-s-OFDM REFSENS (NOTE
QPSK (NOTE 1) QPSK 1)
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of SUL and DL are defined in Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each SUL band combination, the
applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.5C-1.
NOTE 3: DFT-s-OFDM PI/2 BPSK test applies only for UEs which supports half Pi BPSK in FR1.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.9 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
3GPP
Release 17 1333 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
- The parameter setting for the cell are set up according to the TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
- Downlink signals are initially setup according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annex
G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.0 with consideration of supplementary uplink physical channels.
Message contents in initial conditions are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2 ensuring UL/SUL
indicator in Table 4.3.6.1.1.2-1 with condition SUL, subclause 4.6 ensuring Tables 4.6.1-28 with condition SUL AND
(RF OR RRM), 4.6.3-14 with condition SUL_SUL for SUL carrier, and Table 4.6.3-167 with condition
PUSCH_PUCCH_ON_SUL, additionally the following exception shown in Table 7.6C.3.4-2 is considered.
For SUL operation, the out-of-band blocking requirement for downlink bands specified in clause 7.6.3.5 shall be met.
For operation band combination listed in Table 7.6C.3.5-1, exceptions to the requirement specified in Table 7.6C.3.5-2
are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the SUL carrier and the CW interfering signal fully or
partially overlaps with the DL carrier.
exceptions are allowed for the spurious response frequencies recorded in the final step of test procedure in each
assigned frequency channel when measured using a step size of min ( ⌊ CBW /2 ⌋ , 5) MHz with NRB the number of
resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration, CBW the bandwidth of the frequency channel in
MHz and n = 1, 2, 3 for SCS = 15, 30, 60 kHz, respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in clause 7.7 apply.
3GPP
Release 17 1334 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support SUL operating on the SUL bands and intra-
band contiguous 2DL CA.
For SUL operation with downlink CA, the out-of-band blocking requirement for downlink bands specified in clause
7.6A.3 shall be met. For operation band combination listed in Table 7.6C.3_1.1.3-1, exceptions to the requirement
specified in Table 7.6C.3_1.1.3-2 are allowed when the second order intermodulation product of the SUL carrier and
the CW interfering signal fully or partially overlaps with the DL carrier.
exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a
min ( ⌊ BWchannel /2 ⌋ , 5)
step size of MHz with NRB the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission
bandwidth configuration, BWChannel the bandwidth of the frequency channel in MHz and n = 1, 2, 3 for SCS = 15, 30, 60
kHz, respectively. For these exceptions, the requirements in clause 7.7 apply.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clauses 7.6C.3.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-1 for SUL with intra-band
contiguous DL CA or Table 7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-2 for SUL with inter-band DL CA. The details of the uplink and downlink
reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG
patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1335 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-1: Test configuration table for SUL configuration with Intra-band contiguous CA
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range for SUL carrier
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1 One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range for Non-SUL
carrier
Test Channel Bandwidths as Highest NRB_agg for downlink bands
specified in TS 38.508-1 [5] For SUL band:
subclause 4.3.1 n80: 30 MHz
n81: 20 MHz
n82: 20 MHz
n83: 20 MHz
n84: 20 MHz
n86: 40 MHz
n95: 15 MHz
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5- 15kHz
1
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink SUL Configuration
Configuratio
n
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocatio Mod'n allocation
n N/A
1 CP-OFDM NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM NOTE 2
QPSK QPSK
NOTE 1: The specific downlink configuration is defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: The specific SUL configuration is defined in Table 7.3C.2.4.1-1a.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
For SUL configuration with inter-band DL CA: No testing need to be performed since the testing has been covered
in test case 7.6.3 and 7.6C.3. For band combination CA_nX_SUL_nY-nZ, test the out-of-band blocking of SUL
configuration or NR band as listed in Table 7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-2.
Band configuration Verifying out-of-band blocking Subtest case Table with test
of SUL configurations/ NR band parameters to select
SUL_n78-n80 7.6C.3 Table 7.6C.3.4-1
CA_n1A_SUL_n78A-n80A
n1 7.6.3 Table 7.6.3.4.1-1
SUL_n78-n84 7.6C.3 Table 7.6C.3.4-1
CA_n1A_SUL_n78A-n84A
n1 7.6.3 Table 7.6.3.4.1-1
SUL_n78-n80 7.6C.3 Table 7.6C.3.4-1
CA_n3A_SUL_n78A-n80A
n3 7.6.3 Table 7.6.3.4.1-1
CA_n28A_SUL_n41A- SUL_n41-n83 7.6C.3 Table 7.6C.3.4-1
n83A n28 7.6.3 Table 7.6.3.4.1-1
CA_n28A_SUL_n79A- SUL_n79A-n83A 7.6C.3 Table 7.6C.3.4-1
n83A n28 7.6.3 Table 7.6.3.4.1-1
- Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.10 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
- The parameter setting for the cell are set up according to the TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
- Downlink signals are initially setup according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annex
G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.0 with consideration of supplementary uplink physical channels.
Message contents in initial conditions are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2 ensuring UL/SUL
indicator in Table 4.3.6.1.1.2-1 with condition SUL, subclause 4.6 ensuring Tables 4.6.1-28 with condition SUL AND
(RF OR RRM), 4.6.3-14 with condition SUL_SUL for SUL carrier, and Table 4.6.3-167 with condition
PUSCH_PUCCH_ON_SUL, additionally the following exception shown in Table7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-3 is considered.
3GPP
Release 17 1336 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.6A.3.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6C.3_1.1.4.1-1 on SUL. Since the UE has no payload data to send,
the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the CA Band for intra-band CA, or
below the SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA according to Table 7.6A.3.1.5.1-2, 7.6A.3.1.5.3-2 or
min ( ⌊ BW channel / 2 ⌋ , 5)
7.6A.3.1.5.3-4. The frequency step size is MHz.
If CW interferer falls in a gap between FDL_High(j) and FDL_Low(j+1) where the corresponding OOB ranges 1 and 2
overlap, then the lower level interferer limit of the overlapping OOB ranges applies.
7. Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.6A.3.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1 or 7.6A.3.1.5.3-3 for both
carriers. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output
power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU +
Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.6A.3.1.5.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.5.3-1 or
7.6A.3.1.5.3-3 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of both carriers for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance
according to Annex H.2A for intra-band CA.
9. Record the frequencies for which the throughput doesn't meet the requirements.
10. Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the CA Band for intra-band CA at step 6.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Same test requirement specified in 7.6A.3.1.5.1 shall be met for downlink bands for SUL configuration with intra-band
contiguous DL CA with following exception:
3GPP
Release 17 1337 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Same test requirement specified in clause 7.6C.3.5 or 7.6.3.5 for each band or band combinations listed in Table
7.6C.3_1.1.4-1 shall be met for out-of-band blocking testing for SUL configuration with inter-band 2DL CA.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
specified in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1. For UL
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
In-band blocking for UL MIMO is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the range from 15MHz below
to 15MHz above the receive band of an UE that support UL MIMO, with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz,
or into the range from 3CBW below to 3CBW above the receive band of an UE that support UL MIMO, with FDL_high <
3300 MHz and FUL_high < 3300 MHz, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the
specified measurement channels.
The lack of in-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other g-NodeB transmitters exist (except in
the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
specified in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1. For UL
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6D.
3GPP
Release 17 1338 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.6D.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in
Figure A.3.1.4.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6D.2.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On , Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5.
Message content are defined in clause 7.6D.2.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO.
3GPP
Release 17 1339 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Out-of-band blocking for UL MIMO is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below
or above the receive band of an UE that support UL MIMO, with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz, or
falling more than 3CBW below or above the receive band of an UE that support UL MIMO, with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the specified
measurement channels.
The lack of out-of-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other g-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
specified in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1. For UL
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6D.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.6D.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS One frequency chosen arbitrarily from low or high range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in
Figure A.3.1.4.5 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
3GPP
Release 17 1340 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6D.3.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On , Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.6D.3.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO.
Narrow band blocking for UL MIMO is defined for a receiver's ability of an UE that supports UL MIMO to receive a
NR signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency,
which is less than the nominal channel spacing, at which a given average throughput shall meet or exceed the
requirement for the specified measurement channels.
The lack of narrow-band blocking ability will decrease the coverage area when other g-NodeB transmitters exist (except
in the adjacent channels and spurious response).
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
specified in subclause 7.6 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1. For UL
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6D.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.6D.4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1341 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Lowest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
1. Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in
Figure A.3.1.4.5 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6D.4.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On , Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.6D.4.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO.
3GPP
Release 17 1342 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput of the wanted signal shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annex A.7.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.6E.2.0.1-1 and Table 7.6E.2.0.1-2. The
relative throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
For the inter-band con-current NR V2X operation, the requirements specified in clause 7.6E.2.0.1 shall apply for the
NR sidelink reception in the operating Bands in Table 5.2E.1-1 and the requirements specified in clause 7.6.2 shall
apply for the NR downlink reception in licensed band while all downlink carriers are active.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6E.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1343 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
For NR V2X bands out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling outside a
frequency range 30 MHz below or above the UE receive band. The throughput of the wanted signal shall be ≥ 95% of
the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.7.2 with parameters
specified in Table 7.6E.3.0.1-1 and Table 7.6E.3.0.1-2. The relative throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS
specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
For the inter-band con-current NR V2X operation, the requirements specified in clause 7.6E.3.0.1 shall apply for the
NR sidelink reception in Band n47 and the requirements specified in clause 7.6.3 shall apply for the NR downlink
reception in licensed band while all downlink carriers are active.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6E.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1344 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
In-band blocking (IBB) is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the UE receive band or into the first 60
MHz below or above the UE receive band, at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the requirement for the
specified measurement channel.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward that support NR standalone shared spectrum channel
access..
In-band blocking (IBB) is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the UE receive band or into the first 60
MHz below or above the UE receive band. The throughput of the wanted signal shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters
specified in Table 7.6F.2.3-1 and Table 7.6F.2.3-2. The relative throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS
specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.6F.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1345 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.6F.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
FFS
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.6F.2.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.6.2.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6F.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6F.2.4.1-1. Since the UL has no payload and no loopback data to
send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in according to
Tables 7.6F.2.5-1 and 7.6F.2.5-2.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.6F.2.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to the UE
using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink
power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power
level in Table 7.6F.2.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW.
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
H.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1346 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED
condition in Table 4.6.3-118 PUSCH-Config.
For shared spectrum channel access band, the throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2
with parameters specified in Tables 7.6F.2.5-1 and Tables 7.6F.2.5-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1347 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Spurious response is a measure of the ability of the receiver to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel
frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other
frequency for which a response is obtained, i.e. for which the out-of-band blocking limit as specified in subclause 7.6.3
is not met.
The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3(with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters for the wanted signal as specified in Table 7.7.3-1 for NR bands
with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and in Table 7.7.3-1a for NR bands with FDL_high ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_high ≥ 3300 MHz and for the interferer as specified in Table 7.7.3-2. The relative throughput requirement shall be
met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal. For operating bands with an unpaired DL
part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in the paired part.
Table 7.7.3-1: Spurious response parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz
Table 7.7.3-1a: Spurious response parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300
MHz
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.7.
3GPP
Release 17 1348 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6.3.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause 7.6.3
under the same conditions.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.6.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.6.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to
send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7.5-2. The spurious
frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6.3.4.2.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the table 7.7.5-1 or 7.7.5-1a. Send uplink power control commands to
the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the
Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target
power level in Table 7.7.5-1 or 7.7.5-1a for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in Annex A.3.2 and A.3.3 with parameters for the wanted signal as specified in
Table 7.7.5-1 for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and in Table 7.7.5-1a for NR bands with
FDL_high ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_high ≥ 3300 MHz and for the interferer as specified in Table 7.7.5-2.
Table 7.7.5-1: Spurious response parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and FUL_high < 2700
MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1349 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.7.5-1a: Spurious response parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300
MHz
7.7A.0.2 Void
7.7A.0.3 Minimum conformance requirements for inter-band CA
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one NR
band, the spurious response are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band whose downlink is
being tested. The UE shall meet the requirements specified in subclause 7.7 for each component carrier while all
downlink carriers are active.
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table 7.7.3-2
is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c defined in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1350 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.7A.3.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
Spurious response for 2DL CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted 2DL carrier aggregated signal on its
assigned channel frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering
signal at any other frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in
sub-clause 7.6A.3 is not met.
The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 2DL CA.
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6A.3.1.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6A.3.1 under the same conditions.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.7A.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Test
Configuration Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3 in Clause 7.6A.3 on both PCC and SCC.
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Test Configuration Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3 in
Clause 7.6A.3 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC
padding bits on the UL RMC.
3GPP
Release 17 1351 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7A.0.1-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6A.3 Out-of-band
blocking for CA.
7. Set the downlink signal level according to Table 7.7A.0.1-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system
is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB
of the target power level in Table 7.7A.0.1-1 + (10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc) for PCC, 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc) for SCC)
for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. For each spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for each component carrier for duration sufficient
to achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
Table 7.7A.0.1-1 and 7.7A.0.1-2. For the UE which supports inter-band 2DL CA configuration in Table7.3A.0.3.2.1-1,
PInterferer power defined in Table 7.7A.0.1-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
Spurious response for 3DL CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted 3DL carrier aggregated signal on its
assigned channel frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering
signal at any other frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in
sub-clause 7.6A.3 is not met.
The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 3DL CA.
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6A.3.2.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6A.3.2 under the same conditions.
3GPP
Release 17 1352 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Test
Configuration Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3 in Clause 7.6A.3 on both PCC and SCCs.
The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Test Configuration Table 7.6A.3.1.4.1-1, 7.6A.3.1.4.1-2 or 7.6A.3.1.4.1-3
in Clause 7.6A.3 on both PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE sends uplink MAC
padding bits on the UL RMC.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to Table 7.7A.0.1-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system
is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB
of the target power level in Table 7.7A.0.1-1 + (10log(P_LCRB/NRB_alloc) for PCC, 10log(S_LCRB/NRB_alloc) for SCC)
for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
Table 7.7A.0.1-1 and 7.7A.0.1-2. For the UE which supports inter-band 3DL CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.3-1,
PInterferer power defined in Table 7.7A.0.1-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.3-1.
Spurious response for 4DL CA verifies the receiver's ability to receive a wanted 4DL carrier aggregated signal on its
assigned channel frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering
signal at any other frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in
sub-clause 7.6A.3 is not met.
The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support 4DL CA.
3GPP
Release 17 1353 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6A.3.3.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6A.3.3 under the same conditions.
The throughput measurement of each carrier derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in Annex A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
Table 7.7A.0.1-1 and 7.7A.0.1-2.For the UE which supports inter-band 4DL CA configuration in Table 7.3.2_1.3-1 and
Table 7.3A.0.3.2.4-1, PInterferer power defined in Table 7.7A.0.1-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table
7.3.2_1.3-1 and Table 7.3A.0.3.2.4-1.
Spurious response verifies the ability of the UE that support UL MIMO to receive a wanted signal on its assigned
channel frequency without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at
any other frequency at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking for UL MIMO limit as
specified in sub-clause 7.6D.3 is not met.
The lack of the spurious response ability decreases the coverage area when other unwanted interfering signal exists at
any other frequency.
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum requirements
in Clause 7.7.3 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2D.1.4.1-1 in Clause 6.2 D.1 UE
maximum output power for UL MIMO. For UL MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power
over the two transmitter antenna connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.7D.
The initial conditions shall be the same as in clause 7.6D.3.4.1 in order to test spurious responses obtained in clause
7.6D.3 under the same conditions.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Test
Configuration Table 7.6D.3.4.1-1 in Clause 7.6D.3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Test Configuration Table 7.6D.3.4.1-1 in Clause 7.6D.3. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. The PDCCH DCI format
0_1 is specified with condition 2TX_UL_MIMO in 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.6.1.1.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1354 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to Table 7.7.5-2. The spurious
frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 7.6D.3.4.2.
4. Set the downlink signal level according to the Table 7.7.5-1 or 7.7.5-1a. Send uplink power control commands to
the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, - 3.4 dB
of the target level in table 7.7.5-1a in table 7.7.5-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3.0GHz or within +0, -4.0 dB of the
target level for carrier frequency 3.0GHz < f ≤ 4.2GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.
5. For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to Annex H.2.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO.
Spurious response is a measure of the receiver’s ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency
without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency
for which a response is obtained, i.e. for which the out-of-band blocking limit as specified in clause 7.6E.3 is not met.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.7.2 with parameters for the wanted signal as specified in Table 7.7E.0.1-1 and Table 7.7E.0.1-2 for NR V2X
bands. The relative throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted
signal.
For the inter-band con-current NR V2X operation, the requirements specified in clause 7.7E.0.1 shall apply for the NR
sidelink reception in the operating Bands in Table 5.2E.1-1 and the requirements specified in clause 7.7 shall apply for
the NR downlink reception in licensed band while all downlink carriers are active.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.7E.
3GPP
Release 17 1355 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.
The wide band intermodulation requirement is defined using a CW carrier and modulated NR signal as interferer 1 and
interferer 2 respectively.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2 and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.2.3-1 for NR bands with F DL_high < 2700
MHz and FUL_high < 2700 MHz and Table 7.8.2.3-2 for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz. The
relative throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal. For
operating bands with an unpaired DL part (as noted in Table 5.2-1), the requirements only apply for carriers assigned in
the paired part.
3GPP
Release 17 1356 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8.2.3-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
Table 7.8.2.3-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.8.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1357 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.8.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest (NOTE 3)
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
NOTE 4: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test
frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.4.3 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 , C.3.1 , and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.5.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.5.4.3.
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in Table 7.8.2.5-1. Send uplink power control commands to
the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the
Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target
power level in Table 7.8.2.5-1 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
3GPP
Release 17 1358 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
4. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8.2.5-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal.
5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex
G.2.
6. Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 with DFT-s-OFDM condition in Table 4.6.3-118
PUSCH-Config.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8.2.5-1 for the specified wanted signal mean power in the presence of
two interfering signals.
Table 7.8.2.5-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1359 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8.2.5-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with FDL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1360 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx parameter Units
BC C D
Pw in Transmission
Bandwidth dBm REFSENS + 10 REFSENS + 6 REFSENS + 13.8
Configuration, per CC
PInterferer 1 (CW) dBm -46
PInterferer 2
dBm -46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz BWChannel_CA20 BWChannel_CA 50
-Foffset-30 -2BWChannel_CA -Foffset-75
FInterferer 1
MHz / / /
(Offset)
Foffset+30 +2BWChannel_CA Foffset+75
FInterferer 2
MHz 2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified
in Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with
one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in
Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and the same SCS as the closest carrier.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and F interferer 2 (offset) is the
frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the modulated interferer.
3GPP
Release 17 1361 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.0.1-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low <
2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table 7.8.2.3-
1 and 7.8.2.3-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.8A.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1362 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 2DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.8A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.4.1-2 or
7.8A.2.1.4.1-3. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in
Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations
of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Mid range
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA NOTE 3
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
3GPP
Release 17 1363 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 4
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Table 5.5A.3.1-1 for the CA NOTE 5
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 4: Test frequency is set to Mid Range PCC and SCC with exceptions defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1.
For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
NOTE 5: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 NOTE 1
[5] subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg, NOTE 1, NOTE 3
specified in Table 5.5A.2-1 for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCC RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 NOTE 1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3A.1.4.1-3.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same N RB_agg, only the
combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.8A.2.1.4.1-1, Table
7.8A.2.1.4.1-2 or Table 7.8A.2.1.4.1-3.
3GPP
Release 17 1364 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.8A.2.1.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8A.2.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.4.1-2 or 7.8A.2.1.4.1-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8A.2.1.4.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.4.1-2 or 7.8A.2.1.4.1-3 on PCC. Since the
UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.5.1-2, 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1
or 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2 and frequency below the CA Band for intra-band CA, or below the SCC’s operating band for
inter-band CA according to Table 7.8A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.5.1-2, 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 or 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2, using a
modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. For the UE which supports
inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 and
7.8A.2.1.5.3-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
7. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in Table 7.8A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.5.1-2,
7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 or 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to
ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window,
defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.8A.2.1.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.1.5.1-2, 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 or 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2 for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA. Measure the average throughput of both carriers for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A for intra-band CA.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the CA Band for intra-band CA, or above the SCC’s
operating band for inter-band CA at step 6.
10. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 9, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
3GPP
Release 17 1365 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8A.2.1.5.1-1 or 7.8A.2.1.5.1-2 for the specified wanted signal mean
power in the presence of two interfering signals.
Table 7.8A.2.1.5.1-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low
≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx parameter Units
B C
Pw in Transmission
Bandwidth dBm REFSENS + 10 REFSENS + 6
Configuration, per CC
PInterferer 1 (CW) dBm -46
PInterferer 2
dBm -46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 20 BWChannel_CA
-Foffset-30 -2BWChannel_CA
FInterferer 1
MHz / /
(Offset)
Foffset+30 +2BWChannel_CA
FInterferer 2
MHz 2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified
in Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with
one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in
Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and the same SCS as the closest carrier.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and F interferer 2 (offset) is the
frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the modulated interferer.
3GPP
Release 17 1366 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.1.5.1-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low
< 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with one uplink carrier and two downlink carriers, the wide band
intermodulation requirements are defined with the uplink configuration in accordance with Table 7.3A.0.2.3-1. For this
uplink configuration, the UE shall meet the requirements for each carrier as specified in subclause 7.8.2 for each
component carrier respectively. The requirements apply for out-of-gap interferers while all downlink carriers are active.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in Table 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 or 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2.
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink assigned to one NR
band, the wide band intermodulation requirements are defined with the uplink active on the band(s) other than the band
whose downlink is being tested.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in Table 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 or 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1367 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.1.5.3-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with FDL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.8A.2.1.5.3-1 and 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1368 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.1.5.3-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with F DL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Channel bandwidth
Rx Unit
10 20 40 50 60 80 90 100
parameter s
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in REFSENS + 6
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
Configuration
, per CC
PInterferer 1 -46
dBm
(CW)
PInterferer 2 -46
dBm
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz BW
-2BW
FInterferer 1
MHz /
(Offset)
+2BW
FInterferer 2 2*FInterferer 1
MHz
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and
A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and the same SCS as the wanted signal.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and F interferer 2 (offset) is the frequency separation of
the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency of the modulated
interferer.
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 3DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.8A.2.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and
downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the
OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1369 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Intra-band contiguous: Mid range
[5] subclause 4.3.1 Inter-band: NOTE 3
Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 3
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: NOTE 3
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or (NOTE 4)
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXD Configuration (Intra-band contiguous)
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXA-nYA-nZA Configuration (Inter-band)
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
Default Test Settings for a CA_nXC-nYA, CA_nYA-nXC, CA_nYA-nXB and CA_nXB-nYA Configurations
(Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
Default Test Settings for a CA_nX(2A)-nYA Configuration
(Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band)
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: The specific test frequencies for PCC and SCCs and Wgap for intra-band non-contiguous are
defined in Table 7.3A.2.4.1-1. Only test points verifying non-exceptional REFSENS requirements
are used for wide band blocking testing.
NOTE 4: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 5: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.8A.2.2.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.8A.2.2.4.3.
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8A.2.2.4.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1370 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8A.2.2.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8A.2.2.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8A.2.2.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.2.5.1-2, 7.8A.2.2.5.2-1
or 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2 and frequency below the CA Band for intra-band CA, or below each SCC’s operating band for
inter-band CA according to Table 7.8A.2.2.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.2.5.1-2, 7.8A.2.2.5.2-1 or 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2, using a
modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. For the UE which supports
inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table 7.8A.2.2.5.2-1 and
7.8A.2.2.5.2-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
7. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value as defined in Table 7.8A.2.2.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.2.5.1-2,
7.8A.2.2.5.2-1 or 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to
ensure that the UE output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window,
defined as -MU to -(MU + Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table
7.8A.2.2.5.1-1, 7.8A.2.2.5.1-2, 7.8A.2.2.5.2-1 or 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2 for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCCs for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA. Measure the average throughput of all carriers for a duration sufficient to
achieve statistical significance according to Annex H.2A for intra-band CA.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the CA Band for intra-band CA, or above the each
SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA at step 6.
10. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 9, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annex A.3.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8A.2.2.5.1-1 or 7.8A.2.2.5.1-2 for the specified wanted signal mean
power in the presence of two interfering signals.
3GPP
Release 17 1371 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.2.5.1-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low
≥ 3300 MHz and FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
NR CA bandwidth class
Rx parameter Units
B C D
Pw in Transmission
Bandwidth dBm REFSENS + 10 REFSENS + 6 REFSENS + 13.8
Configuration, per CC
PInterferer 1 (CW) dBm -46
PInterferer 2
dBm -46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz 20 BWChannel_CA 50
-Foffset-30 -2BWChannel_CA -Foffset-75
FInterferer 1
MHz / / /
(Offset)
Foffset+30 +2BWChannel_CA Foffset+75
FInterferer 2
MHz 2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified
in Table 7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with
one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in
Annexes A.3.2.2 and A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and the same SCS as the closest carrier.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to
the interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and F interferer 2 (offset) is the
frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the
centre frequency of the modulated interferer.
Table 7.8A.2.2.5.1-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for intra-band contiguous CA with F DL_low
< 2700 MHz and FUL_low < 2700 MHz
3GPP
Release 17 1372 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in Table 7.8A.2.2.5.2-1 or 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2.
Table 7.8A.2.2.5.2-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with F DL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.8A.2.2.5.2-1 and 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1373 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.2.5.2-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with F DL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Channel bandwidth
Rx Unit
10 20 40 50 60 80 90 100
parameter s
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in REFSENS + 6
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
Configuration
, per CC
PInterferer 1 -46
dBm
(CW)
PInterferer 2 -46
dBm
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz BW
-2BW
FInterferer 1
MHz /
(Offset)
+2BW
FInterferer 2 2*FInterferer 1
MHz
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and
A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and the same SCS as the wanted signal.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and F interferer 2 (offset) is the frequency separation of
the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency of the modulated
interferer.
Intermodulation response tests the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to
the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added noise.
A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that supports 4DL CA.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR CA configurations specified in clause 5.5A. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each CA configuration, are shown in Table 7.8A.2.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and
downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2 and A.3 respectively. The details of the
OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are
specified in Annex C.2.
3GPP
Release 17 1374 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508- Normal
1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 Inter-band : Mid range for PCC and SCCs (NOTE 5)
[5] subclause 4.3.1 Intra-band contiguous + Inter-band: Mid range for PCC and
SCCs (NOTE 5)
Intra-band non-contiguous + Inter-band: Mid range for PCC
and SCCs with maxWGap for Intra-band non-contiguous
(NOTE 5)
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as Highest NRB_agg
specified in Tables 5.5A.1-1, 5.5A.2-1, or NOTE 3
tables in clauses 5.5A.3.x for the CA
Configuration across bandwidth combination
sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Tes CC PCC RB SCCs RB CC PCC RB
t ID Mod'n allocation allocation Mod'n allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK Full RB1 Full RB1 DFT-s-OFDM QPSK REFSENS2
NOTE 1: Full RB allocation shall be used per each SCS and channel BW as specified in Table 7.3.2.4.1-2.
NOTE 2: REFSENS refers to the single carrier Uplink RB allocation for reference sensitivity according to
Table 7.3.2.4.1-3.
NOTE 3: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only
the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.
NOTE 4: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas ports
connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test requirements.
NOTE 5: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range test frequencies.
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, Figure A.3.1.4.7 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, and C.3.1, and uplink signals according
to Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, and G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement Channels are set according to Table 7.8A.2.3.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in State RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
contents are defined in clause 7.8A.2.3.4.3.7.8A.2.3.4.2Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
7.8A.2.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133[19], clause 9.3).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table
7.8A.2.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0_1 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to Table 7.8A.2.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the
UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
6. Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in Table 7.8A.2.3.5.2-1 or Table 7.8A.2.3.5.1-2 and
frequency below each SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA according to Table 7.8A.2.3.5.2-1 or Table
7.8A.2.3.5.1-2, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in Annex D of the present document. For the
3GPP
Release 17 1375 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.8A.2.3.5.1-1 and 7.8A.2.3.5.1-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
7. Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCCs to the value as defined in Table 7.8A.2.3.5.2-1 or Table
7.8A.2.3.5.1-2. Send uplink power control commands to the UE using 1dB power step size to ensure that the UE
output power measured by the test system is within the Uplink power control window, defined as -MU to -(MU
+ Uplink power control window size) dB of the target power level in Table 7.8A.2.3.5.2-1 or Table 7.8A.2.3.5.1-
2 for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement, where:
- MU is the test system uplink power measurement uncertainty and is specified in Table F.1.3-1 for the
carrier frequency f and the channel bandwidth BW
- Uplink power control window size = 1dB (UE power step size) + 0.7dB (UE power step tolerance) +
(Test system relative power measurement uncertainty), where, the UE power step tolerance is specified in TS
38.101-1 [2], Table 6.3.4.3-1 and is 0.7dB for 1dB power step size, and the Test system relative power
measurement uncertainty is specified for test case 6.3.4.3 in Table F.1.2-1.
8. Measure the average throughput of SCCs for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
Annex H.2A for inter-band CA.
9. Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the each SCC’s operating band for inter-band CA at
step 6.
10. For Inter-band CA: Switch the SCell into PCell and repeat steps 1 to 9, except for operating bands without
uplink band.
NOTE: The purpose of the Uplink power control window is to ensure that the actual UE output power is no
greater than the target power level, and as close as possible to the target power level. The relationship
between the Uplink power control window, the target power level and the corresponding possible actual
UE Uplink power window is illustrated in Annex F.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 Table 4.6.3-118 with condition
TRANSFORM_PRECODER_ENABLED.
The throughput of each carrier shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters defined in Table 7.8A.2.3.5.1-1 or 7.8A.2.3.5.1-2.
3GPP
Release 17 1376 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.3.5.1-1: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with F DL_high < 2700 MHz and
FUL_high < 2700 MHz
For the UE which supports inter-band CA configuration in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1, Pinterferer power defined in Table
7.8A.2.3.5.1-1 and 7.8A.2.3.5.1-2 is increased by the amount given by ΔRIB,c in Table 7.3A.0.3.2.1-1.
3GPP
Release 17 1377 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Table 7.8A.2.3.5.1-2: Wide band intermodulation parameters for NR bands with F DL_low ≥ 3300 MHz and
FUL_low ≥ 3300 MHz
Channel bandwidth
Rx Unit
10 20 40 50 60 80 90 100
parameter s
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Pw in REFSENS + 6
Transmission
Bandwidth dBm
Configuration
, per CC
PInterferer 1 -46
dBm
(CW)
PInterferer 2 -46
dBm
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 MHz BW
-2BW
FInterferer 1
MHz /
(Offset)
+2BW
FInterferer 2 2*FInterferer 1
MHz
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PCMAX_L,f,c at the minimum UL configuration specified in Table
7.3.2.3-3 with PCMAX_L,f,c defined in clause 6.2.4.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3, A.3.2, and A.3.3 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annexes A.3.2.2 and
A.3.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and the same SCS as the wanted signal.
NOTE 4: The Finterferer 1 (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the
interferer and the centre frequency of the CW interferer and F interferer 2 (offset) is the frequency separation of
the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and the centre frequency of the modulated
interferer.
Wide band Intermodulation for UL MIMO tests the ability of UE that support UL MIMO to receive data with a given
average throughput for a specified reference measurement channel, in the presence of two or more interfering signals
which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal, under conditions of ideal propagation and no added
noise.
An UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the coverage area when two or
more interfering signals exist which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal.
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support UL MIMO on FDD bands.
For UE(s) with two transmitter antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum
requirements in subclause 7.8 shall be met with the UL MIMO configurations described in sub-clause 6.2D.1. For UL
MIMO, the parameter PCMAX_L is defined as the total transmitter power over the two transmit antenna connectors.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.8D.
3GPP
Release 17 1378 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.8D.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes
A.2 and A.3. The details of the OCNG patterns used are specified in Annex A.5. Configurations of PDSCH and
PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Mid range
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Lowest, Mid, Highest
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1 CP-OFDM QPSK NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3D.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
1. Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in
Figure A.3.1.4.6 for TE diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1, and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.8D.2.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On , Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5.
Message content are defined in clause 7.8D.2.4.3.
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.6 ensuring Table 4.6.3-182 with condition
2TX_UL_MIMO.
3GPP
Release 17 1379 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The wide band intermodulation requirement is defined using modulated NR carrier and a CW signal as interferer 1 and
interferer 2 respectively. The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement
channels as specified in Annexes A.7.2 with parameters specified in Table 7.8E.2.0.1-1 for NR V2X bands. The relative
throughput requirement shall be met for any SCS specified for the channel bandwidth of the wanted signal.
For the inter-band con-current NR V2X operation, the requirements specified in clause 7.8E.2.0.1 shall apply for the
NR sidelink reception in the operating Bands in in Table 5.2E.1-1 and the requirements specified in clause 7.8 shall
apply for the NR downlink reception in licensed band while all downlink carriers are active.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.8E.
Test verifies the UE's spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1380 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.
The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.3-1
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.9.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-
carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with
applicable test parameters for each combination of channel bandwidth and sub-carrier spacing, are shown in table
7.9.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and downlink reference measurement channels (RMC) are specified in Annexes A.2
and A.3. Configuration of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Default Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS Normal
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS Low range, Mid range, High range (NOTE 4)
38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in Highest (NOTE 3)
TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.3.1
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters
Downlink Configuration Uplink Configuration
Test ID Mod'n RB allocation Mod'n RB allocation
1 N/A 0 N/A 0
NOTE 1: The specific configuration of uplink and downlink are defined in Table 7.3.2.4.1-1.
NOTE 2: In a band where UE supports 4Rx, the test shall be performed only with 4Rx antennas
ports connected and 4Rx REFSENS requirement (Table 7.3.2.5-2) is used in the test
requirements.
NOTE 3: For n70, highest test channel bandwidth shall be Highest UL / Highest DL according to
asymmetric channel bandwidths specified in clause 5.3.6.
NOTE 4: For NR band n28, 30MHz test channel bandwidth is tested with Low range and High
range test frequencies.
3GPP
Release 17 1381 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.5.1 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 , C.3.1 , and uplink signals according to
Annex G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1.
4. The DL and UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 7.9.4.1-1.
6. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR, Connected
without release On, Test Mode On and Test Loop Function On according to TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message
content are defined in clause 7.5.4.3.
1. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission.
The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.5-1.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-1 [2] clause 7.9A.3.
Test verifies the UE's spurious emissions meet the requirements described in clause 7.9A.1.3.
3GPP
Release 17 1382 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
This test case applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward that support inter-band 2DL CA with a DL-only
band.
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE
to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on
NR CA bands specified in Table 5.5A.3-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for
each CA Configuration, and are shown in Table 7.9A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels
(RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in
Annex C.2.
Initial Conditions
Test Environment as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5]
Normal
subclause 4.1
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 38.508-1 [5]
Low range, Mid range, High range (NOTE 3)
subclause 4.3.1
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified
Highest NRB_agg
in Table 5.5A.1-1 for the CA Configuration across
NOTE 4
bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.
Test SCS as specified in Table 5.3.5-1 Highest
Test Parameters for CA Configurations
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [5] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.5.2 for TE
diagram and section A.3.2 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 38.508-1 [5] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR according to
TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 7.9A.1.4.3.
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1, C.2 for all downlink physical channels.
3GPP
Release 17 1383 3GPP TS 38.521-1 V17.5.0 (2022-06)
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 38.508-1 [5] clause 5.5.1. Message contents are defined in clause
6.5A.2.2.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC CE (Refer TS 38.321 [18], clauses 5.9, 6.1.3.10). Wait for at
least 2 seconds (Refer TS 38.133 [19], clause9.3).
4. Sweep the spectrum analyzer (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average power
of spurious emission. During measurement SS sends no uplink scheduling information to the UE.
The measured spurious emissions derived in step 1), shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.5-1.
3GPP